I'm not sure if this can underflow but Smatch complains. It seems
harmless to add a check for negatives.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use dev_err instead of pr_err and add newline character at the end.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl_lps_enter does two successive check for cnt_after_linked
to make sure some time has elapsed after linked. The second
check isn't necessary, because if cnt_after_linked is bigger
than 5, it is bigger than 2 of course!
This patch remove the second check code.
Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
What about if "rtlphy->pwrgroup_cnt" is 2? In that case we would use an
uninitialized "chnlgroup" variable and probably crash. Maybe that can't
happen for some reason which is not obvious but in that case this patch
is harmless.
Setting it to zero seems like a standard default in the surrounding code
so it's probably fine here as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This header file is only needed for drivers binding to a PCI bridge
device allocated by drivers/pci/pcie/portdrv_core.c. The mwifiex driver
doesn't do that nor use any symbols defined in pcieport_if.h.
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In commit a269913c52 ("rtlwifi: Rework rtl_lps_leave() and
rtl_lps_enter() to use work queue"), the tests for enter/exit
power-save mode were inverted. With this change applied, the
wifi connection becomes much more stable.
Fixes: a269913c52 ("rtlwifi: Rework rtl_lps_leave() and rtl_lps_enter() to use work queue")
Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
CC: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.10+]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The rtl_intf_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The commit fb724ed5c6 ("wlcore: Fix regression in
wlcore_set_partition()") fixed wl12xx functionality.
However, it reverted the support in fw logger
over sdio in wl18xx.
This patch reverts the changes made and also fixes
the original functionality issue introduced in wl12xx.
Fixes: fb724ed5c6 ("wlcore: Fix regression in wlcore_set_partition()")
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* dynamic queue allocation work continues (Liad);
* add Luca as maintainer;
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=m30M
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-05-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* work for RX multiqueue continues (Sara);
* dynamic queue allocation work continues (Liad);
* add Luca as maintainer;
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over;
Small change to make it clear that the default value is false.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When initializing RX we grab NIC access for every read and
write. This is redundant - we can just grab access once.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The RX queues have a shadow register for the write pointer
that enables updates without grabbing NIC access. Use them
instead of the periphery registers because accessing those
is much more expensive.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In non-shared queues, DQA requires re-configuring existing
queues to become aggregated rather than allocating a new
one. It also requires "un-aggregating" an existing queue
when aggregations are turned off.
Support this requirement for non-shared queues.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since msleep is based on jiffies, it can sleep for a long time.
Use usleep_range() instead to shorten the maximum time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Newer hardware generations will take longer to be accessible again
after reset, so we need to wait longer before continuing any flow
that did a reset.
Rather than make the wait time configurable, simply extend it for
all.
Since all of these code paths can sleep, use usleep_range() rather
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Devices supporting VHT 160MHz width are supporting also Short GI.
Turn on this capability in vht cap.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since we have a lot of configuration structs (almost 70) saving
some memory in each one of them leads to an overall saving of
~2.6KiB of memory.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The commit below added code to dump the content of FIFOs
that are present only on dual CPU products (8000 and up).
This broke 7265D whose firmware does advertise
IWL_UCODE_TLV_CAPA_EXTEND_SHARED_MEM_CFG but doesn't have 2
CPUs. The current code does check the length of the FIFO
before dumping them (and the nonexistent FIFO has a 0
length), but we still accessed a register to set the FIFO
number and that made the DMA unhappy.
The impact was a much longer recovery upon firmware assert.
Fixes: 5b08641429 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dumping UMAC internal txfifos")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This Kconfig option allows to load a firmware for
debugging with a different name. This mechanism has not
been used for a few years now and replacing the firmware
file works as well.
Kill this Kconfig option and all the code that goes with it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Getting the mvm station out of station id requires dereferencing
the station id to get ieee80211_sta, then checking for pointer
validity and only then extract mvm station out.
Given that there are helpers to do it - use them instead of
duplicating the code whenever we need only mvm station.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
iwl_phy_db_set_section() is get called only from atomic
context, the alloc_ctx parameter is not needed. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Driver is agnostic to the number of the phy_db entries and
only serves the firmware as a pipe to move the data from init
image to RT image.
As the size of the arrays may change (as it does in 9000 device)
allocate it dynamically. Firmware sends the largest index first
so we can use this to know how much we should allocate.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Our device supports only 160 GHz and not 80+80. Fix
VHT flag accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Up till now, the reorder buffer uses standard spec based comparison
when comparing the buffer status to NSSN. This indeed works for the
regular case, since we shouldn't cross the 2048 boundary without
getting a frame release notification.
However, this is problematic due to packet filtering that may be
performed by the FW while we are in d0i3. Theoretically we may
filter over 2048 packets, and then the check of the NSSN will get
incorrect.
Change the comparison to always trust nssn unless it is 64 or less
frames behind the head - which might happen due to a timeout.
This new comparison is to be used only when comparing reorder buffer
head with nssn, and not when comparing the packet SN to nssn or
reorder buffer head.
Put this in a separate commit as the logic is a bit tricky and
stands for its own commit message.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
CSR registers are always available even when the NIC is not awake, no
need to wake up the NIC before accessing them. This has a huge impact
when we re-enable an interrupt at the end of the ISR since waking up the
NIC can take some time.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Previous patch had changed firmware name convention for
new generation product. The firmware name is now longer
than the former convention. Adapt max firmware name length
to the new convention.
Fixes: e1ba684f76 ("iwlwifi: 8000: fix MODULE_FIRMWARE input")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently code allows mvm reference to become negative and
only warns in case mvm reference is released while reference
counting is 0.
However, we better prevent this from happening at all since
iwl_mvm_unref() may race against iwl_mvm_unref_all_except()
which is called on restart.
As a result we might get the same reference unreferenced twice
ending with a negative value:
An example for an easily reproduced log:
[ 2689.909166] iwl_mvm_ref Take mvm reference - type 8
[ 2690.732716] iwl_mvm_unref_all_except Cleanup: remove mvm ref type 8 (1)
[ 2690.849708] iwl_mvm_unref Leave mvm reference - type 8
[ 2690.849721] WARNING: ... iwl_mvm_unref+0xb0/0xc0 [iwlmvm]()
If there will be yet another another restart iwl_mvm_unref_all_except
will run from 0 up to ref count, and since it is unsigned, we will throw
the transport ref count completely out of balance:
iwl_mvm_unref_all_except[I] -- Cleanup: remove mvm ref type 8 (255)
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: 0
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -1
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -2
...
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -253
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -254
As there is no valid scenario where we can get to a negative
reference count - prevent it from happening.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add UREG, RXFC, RFH, WMAL and RL2P registers to the prph dump
upon error. These regesiters could help to debug MSI-X and other
issues.
These register should be dumped only when multi-queue rx is supported
so separate the prph ranges static array to two different arrays,
and enable dumping different prph ranges according to run-time
decision.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a data packet is received, we need to make sure that we stay
awake until it can be processed and wait a while before trying to
enter runtime_suspend os system_suspend again. To do so, add a new
reference type for RX data and take the reference when sending the
packet to mac80211. We only do this for data packets, all the other
RX packets sent by the firmware (e.g. notifications) are not a reason
to prevent suspend.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When we've already looked up the transmitter station, we can just
pass it to mac80211 using the new ieee80211_rx_napi(). This saves
the overhead of looking it up in mac80211 again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Devices belonging to 9000 family can support VHT 160MHz channel
width, so need to consider it when configuring VHT capabilities.
However, NVM file doesn't have a single bit specifying that 160MHz
is supported. This patch turns on 160MHz support in VHT capabilities
in case there's at least one channel supporting 160MHz.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently there is one to one function between device id to it's ucode.
The new generation devices allows to combine different phy and mac images.
Now we have two different ucode images with the same device id.
Read RF ID to identify phy image and overwrite it if needed.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If a host command was queued while in runtime suspend, it would go out
before the D0I3_END_CMD was sent. Sometimes it works, but sometimes
it fails, and it is obviously the wrong thing to do.
To fix this, have the opmode take a reference before sending a SYNC
command and make the pcie trans wait for the runtime state to become
active before actually queueing the command.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There is a debugfs knob to configure the maximal length
of the A-MSDU. If this value is not 0 (which is the
default), allow Tx A-MSDU even if the rate control
disallows it.
While at it, add "unlikely" to the if that limits the
length of the A-MSDU based on the debugfs hook.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Rename 9560 to 9260.
Add new PCI ID for 9260 and change some entries from 5165 to 9260.
Also order the 9000 series.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a constant to allow disabling checksum. This will enable easier
debugging in early phases.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order for mac80211 to use per-CPU statistics for RSS RX, the
driver needs to advertise that it uses RSS. Do this when using
more than a single queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
It's cleaner to always call the iwl_trans_ref/unref() functions
instead of sometimes calling the trans-specific ops directly. This
also prepares for moving some of the code from the trans-specific ops
to the common trans code.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
To indicate to the FW that a queue has been removed, an
existing flag in the ADD_STA HCMD (that hasn't been in use)
has been changed to indicate that a queue is being removed
from a STA.
Update this in the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The firmware will send frame release notification in order
to release "stuck" frames on a queue where no more frames
arrive on.
Upon receiving the message the driver shall indicate the frames
up to the NSSN.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a timer in order to release expired frames from the
reorder buffer.
This is needed since some APs do not retransmit frames
to fill in the reorder holes and in TCP it results with
a complete stall of traffic.
This has a few side effects on the general design:
The nssn may not reflect the the head of the reorder buffer.
This situation is valid, and packets with SN lower than the
reorder buffer head will be dropped.
Another side effect is that since the reorder timer might expire
we need to lock the reorder buffer.
This however is fine since the locking is only inside a
single reorder buffer between RX path and reorder timeout and
there is no outside contention.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Next hardware will direct packets to core based on the TCP/UDP
streams.
This logic can create holes in reorder buffer since packets that
belong to other stream were directed to a different core.
However, those are valid holes and the packets can be indicated
in L3 order.
The hardware will utilize a mechanism of informing the driver of
the normalized ssn and the driver shall release all packets that
SN is lower than the nssn.
This enables managing the reorder across the queues without sharing
any data between them.
The reorder buffer is allocated and released directly in the RX path
in order to avoid various races between control path and rx path.
The code utilizes the internal messaging to notify rx queues of when
to delete the reorder buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add the firmware API name to the struct iwl_wowlan_gtk_status.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
According to the spec when a BA session is started there
is a timeout set for the session in the ADDBA request.
If there is not activity on the TA/TID then the session
expires and a DELBA is sent.
In order to check for the timeout, data must be shared
among the rx queues.
Add a timer that runs as long as BA session is active
for the station and stops aggregation session if needed.
This patch also lays the infrastructure for the reordering
buffer which will be enabled in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently the sync notification is a type of notification. However, it
is better fitted as an attribute of a notification, since there might
be another message in the payload (delba for instance) that should be
sent while control path is waiting for all queues to process.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
mac80211 will call the driver whenever there is a race between
RSS queues and control path that requires a processing of all
pending frames in RSS queues.
Implement that by utilizing the internal notification mechanism:
queue a message to all queues. When the message is received on
a queue it decrements the atomic counter. This guarantees that
all pending frames in the RX queue were processed since the message
is in order inside the queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Sometimes current polling count is not sufficient.
This patch increases it to 100.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support sending P2P device frames should be sent from
queue #2, as required in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since commit cd6cfd7311
"ath9k: do not set half/quarter channel flags in AR_PHY_MODE" the
condition "rfMode & (AR_PHY_MODE_QUARTER | AR_PHY_MODE_HALF)" would
never evaluate to true.
Fix this by using the available IS_CHAN_HALF_RATE and IS_CHAN_QUARTER_RATE
marcros instead.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to keep the same for loop twice in the code.
Move the txpower cap before the loop to reduce code complexity.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since ATH9K_TX99 depends on ATH9K_DEBUGFS anyway move it there
such that "make menuconfig" will indent TX99 support below ath9k
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The same functionality as ar9003_hw_tx_power_regwrite is hardcoded in
ar9003_hw_tx99_set_txpower. Just reuse the existing ar9003_hw_tx_power_regwrite
for TX99 setup too.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During hw scan, firmware sends two channel information events (pre-
complete, complete) to host for each channel change. The snap shot of cycle
counters (rx_clear and total) between these two events are given for
survey dump. In order to get latest survey statistics of all channels, a
scan request has to be issued. In general, an AP DUT is brought up, it
won't leave BSS channel except few cases like overlapping bss or radar
detection. So survey statistics of bss channel is always referring to
older data that are collected before starting AP (either ACS/OBSS scan).
To collect latest survey information from target, firmware provides WMI
interface to read cycle counters from hardware. For each survey dump
request, BSS channel cycle counters are read and cleared in hardware.
This makes sure that behavior is in align with ath9k survey report.
So survey dump always gives snap shot of cycle counters b/w two survey
requests.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add handler to process bss channel information wmi event that
will be received upon sending pdev_chan_info_request wmi command.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI ops to send pdev_bss_chan_info_request command to target.
This command will be used to retrieve updated cycle counters and noise
floor value of current operating channel (bss channel).
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI definitions for pdev bss channel information request and
event.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is observed that while loading and unloading ath10k modules
in an infinite loop, before ath10k_core_start() completion HTT
rx frames are received, while processing these frames,
dereferencing the arvifs list code is getting hit before
initilizing the arvifs list, causing a kernel panic.
This patch initilizes the arvifs list before initilizing htt.
Fixes the below issue:
[<bf88b058>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x278/0xd08 [ath10k_core])
[<bf88b058>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler [ath10k_core])
[<bf88c0dc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x5f4/0xeb0 [ath10k_core])
[<bf88c0dc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task [ath10k_core])
[<c0234100>] (tasklet_action+0x8c/0xec)
[<c0234100>] (tasklet_action)
[<c02337c0>] (__do_softirq+0xf8/0x228)
[<c02337c0>] (__do_softirq) [<c0233920>] (run_ksoftirqd+0x30/0x90)
Code: e5954ad8 e2899008 e1540009 0a00000d (e5943008)
---[ end trace 71de5c2e011dbf56 ]---
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Spectral related structures are accessed / modified only if ath10k
debugfs is enabled, so it makes more sense to move them under
ATH10K_DEBUGFS
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
According to the spec, VHT doesn't exist in 2.4GHz.
There are vendor extensions to allow a subset of VHT to work
(notably 256-QAM), but since mac80211 doesn't support those
advertising VHT capability on 2.4GHz leads to the behaviour
of reporting VHT capabilities but not being able to use any
of them due to mac80211's code requiring 80 MHz support.
Remove the VHT capabilities from 2.4GHz for now. If mac80211
gets extended to use the (likely Broadcom) vendor IEs for it
and handles the lack of 80 MHz support, it can be added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The TSO code creates A-MSDUs from a single large send. Each
A-MSDU is an skb and skb->len doesn't include the number of
bytes which need to be added for the headers being added
(subframe header, TCP header, IP header, SNAP, padding).
To be able to set the right value in the Tx command, we
put the number of bytes added by those headers in
driver_data in iwl_mvm_tx_tso and use this value in
iwl_mvm_set_tx_cmd.
The problem by setting this value in driver_data is that
it overrides the ieee80211_tx_info. The bug manifested
itself when we send P2P related frames in CCK since the
rate in ieee80211_tx_info is zero-ed. This of course is
a violation of the P2P specification.
To fix this, copy the original ieee80211_tx_info to the
stack and pass it to the functions which need it.
Assign the number of bytes added by the headers to the
driver_data inside the skb itself.
Fixes: a6d5e32f24 ("iwlwifi: mvm: send large SKBs to the transport")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With two different h2c_cmd() functions, mbox_ext_reg and
mbox_ext_width are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename it to rtl8xxxu_gen2_prepare_calibrate() and remove the calls to
it from rtl8xxxu_gen1_phy_iq_calibrate()
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The H2C API is completely different between gen1 and gen2 parts, so
there is little point trying to treat this as a generic function. All
calls to *_h2c_cmd() will always come from a gen1 or a gen2 specific
function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is generic to most of the chips, so change the name to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is generic for most (if not all) gen1 parts, so rename
it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is nothing 8723au specific about this function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the code for rtl8188c, rtl8188r, and rtl8192c into it's own
file. This is purely a code moving exercise, there is no change to the
code itself.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8723a code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.
This device specific file is a lot smaller since the gen1 chips
(8723a, 8188c, 8188r, 8192c) share a lot more common code than the
gen2 chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8723b code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no functional changes. This did expose
rtl723a_h2c_cmd() as a function that should be refactored into a gen1
and a gen2 version.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8192e code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames the core file to rtl8xxxu_core.c in order to allow us to
keep the module nake rtl8xxxu.ko when refactoring the code into
multiple files.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl818x_ioread8_idx: 151 bytes, 29 calls
rtl818x_ioread16_idx: 151 bytes, 11 calls
rtl818x_ioread32_idx: 151 bytes, 5 calls
rtl818x_iowrite8_idx: 157 bytes, 117 calls
rtl818x_iowrite16_idx: 158 bytes, 74 calls
rtl818x_iowrite32_idx: 157 bytes, 22 calls
Each of these functions has a pair of mutex lock/unlock ops,
both of these ops perform atomic updates of memory (on x86, it boils down to
"lock cmpxchg %reg,mem" insn), which are 4-8 times more expensive than call+return.
text data bss dec hex filename
95894242 20860288 35991552 152746082 91ab862 vmlinux_before
95872674 20860320 35991552 152724546 91a6442 vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
CC: Chaoming Li <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
mwifiex
* add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXJztPAAoJEG4XJFUm622beSAIAKIw8zGcs7DWd/AGd9z8D7L5
DeO6fxhiu/05AU3d1jM7Rp/Z5hZ42s41PDjRN1lkZJaF4Squa7XOxuB35JlPd+o8
2S21lvaM6ABraSEcDdYL++rglXFL65gIesv/W4TuxqdJCmi9fL7ie7ccplQH17bi
KyY3ePihHZPOR8aXMRbdEzTEjjPFaO/LlAghHPw5WKmVy7FkFKSyFR8muFEPnKEl
DSBWmG6GqRQaHUuVl1QOmoEEqiv7h85D+YqwKiy/xEM4Yw5Rmt5n5pj02KA0i4y5
IRZs59I/8zdAgDgBd+liVeBw9Gp2xAV5R8afOTdzViBDrqCbDCwNq6OPG1GmkLw=
=lyGT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-05-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
mwifiex
* add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's been observed that sometimes AP's probe response is
received after scan duration gets completed for the channel.
This happens especially when wildcard scan is performed
along with specific SSID scan.
We will increase the time from 30 msecs to 40 msecs.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As 2.4Ghz channels are overlapping, sometimes AP responds to
probe request even if it's operating on neighbouring channel.
Currently firmware drops those scan entries, as current channel
doesn't match with APs channel.
This patch enables MWIFIEX_DISABLE_CHAN_FILT flag in scan
command to disable the feature so that better scan results
will be received in 2.4Ghz band.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In cfg80211 resume handler, we query wakeup reason from firmware and
report to cfg80211. if wowlan is disabled, connection is already
terminated during suspend. We don't need to query wakeup reason in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that wakeup on GTK rekey failure wasn't reported
to cfg80211. This patch corrects the check so that all valid wakeup
reasons are reported.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
tx_packets counter is incremented for aggregated packets, when it had
already been incremented for the aggregated packet's constituent
parts. Removing the extra count.
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a packet is queued from the bridge, wmm_tx_pending is not
incremented, but when the packet is dequeued the counter is decremented.
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After booting the wireless subsystem and uploading the NV blob to the
WCNSS_CTRL service the remote continues to do things and will not start
servicing wlan-requests for another 2-5 seconds (measured).
The downstream code does not have any special handling for this case,
but has a timeout of 10 seconds for the communication layer. By
extending the wcn36xx timeout to match this we follows the same flow for
the boot procedure and can successfully configure WiFi as wlan0 is
registered.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In idle times 60G device can enter deep sleep and turn off
its XTAL clock.
Host access triggers the device power-up flow which will hold
the AHB during XTAL stabilization until device switches from
slow-clock to XTAL clock.
This behavior can stall the PCIe bus for some arbitrary period
of time.
In order to prevent this stall, host can vote for High Latency
Access Policy (HALP) before reading from PCIe bus.
This vote will wakeup the device from deep sleep and prevent
deep sleep until unvote is done.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
RX_HTRSH interrupt sometimes triggered during device reset
procedure.
To prevent handling this interrupt when not required, unmask
this interrupt only if we are connected and mask it when
disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Network stack can try to transmit data while AP / STA is
disconnected.
Change this print-out to debug level as this should not be
handled as error.
This patch also adds wil_dbg_ratelimited, used to limit the
above print-out.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using interrupt moderation RX_HTRSH interrupt can occur
frequently during high throughput and should not be considered
as error.
Such print-outs can degrade the performance hence should be printed
in debug print level.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P search can only run on the social channel (channel 2).
When issuing a scan request on the P2P_DEVICE interface,
driver ignored the channels argument and always performed a P2P
search.
Fix this by checking the channels argument, if it is
not specified (meaning full scan) or if a non-social channel
was specified, perform a regular scan and not a P2P search.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add __func__ to wil_err and wil_info for easier
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's useful to permit the customization of the debug uart baud rate. Enable
this and send down the value to the chip if we're enabling debug.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For some reason, the 6004 HW 3.0 definition was missing the value for the
uarttx_pin (used for firmware debug). This corrects this situation.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
fix a typo (spelling mistake) in 'ath10k_start'
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA6174 WLAN.RM.2.0 firmware uses max_tx_power instead of using max_reg_power
to set transmission power. The tx power was about -50dbm, after applying this
change, it become -32dbm.
Signed-off-by: Alan Liu <alanliu@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
In commit 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than
-16.ucode") we accidentally changed the fw version reading code for
DVM devices. The code intended to remove the old fw version API,
because all MVM firmwares version 16 and above that we support don't
use it anymore. But DVM devices still use the old FW API.
Fix that by bringing the code back in.
Reported-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes: 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than-16.ucode")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If rt2800usb is loaded with nohwcrypt=1, mac80211 takes
care of the crypto with software encryption/decryption
and thus, MFP can be used.
Tested for secured mesh using ath9k_htc and ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch complains about this code:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/core.c:335 brcmf_rx_hdrpull()
error: we previously assumed '*ifp' could be null (see line 333)
The problem is that we recently changed these from "ifp" to "*ifp" but
there was one that we didn't update.
- if (ret || !ifp || !ifp->ndev) {
+ if (ret || !(*ifp) || !(*ifp)->ndev) {
if (ret != -ENODATA && ifp)
^^^
- ifp->stats.rx_errors++;
+ (*ifp)->stats.rx_errors++;
I have updated it to *ifp as well. We always call this function is a
non-NULL "ifp" pointer, btw.
Fixes: c462ebcdfe ('brcmfmac: create common function for handling brcmf_proto_hdrpull()')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
USB8XXX_FW_MAX_RETRY is 3. We were using a post-op loop
"while (retries--) {" but then the lines after that assume the loop
exits with retries set to zero.
I've fixed this by changing to a pre-op loop. I started with retries
set to 4 instead of 3 so that we still go through the loop the same
number of times.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We accidentally return success instead of -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is nothing 8723au specific about rtl8723au_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg so
rename the array to rtl8xxxu_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames rtl8723bu_simularity_compare() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_simularity_compare() to reflect it is used for all gen2
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames rtl8723b_channel_to_group() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_channel_to_group() to reflect it is used by all
currently supported gen2 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same mac_init_table, so
rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same enable_rf() function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same interface for setting TX power, so rename
the function to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same init_phy_bb() function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All supported gen1 parts use the same phy_iq_calibrate() function
(unlike their gen2 counterparts). Rename the function to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same function for updating
the rate mask, so rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All supported gen1 parts use the same config_channel() function, so
rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same disable_rf() routine,
so rename the function to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
At least for now, all gen2 parts use the same disable_rf() function
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename the function to indicate it is applicable to most/all gen2
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename the function to reflect it is for all/most gen1 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the name reflect this is for most/all gen2 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Update the name of rtl8723bu_update_rate_mask() to make it reflect
it's applicable for all/most gen2 N parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Transmit data path should not touch background scan. We will stop
background scan when net device is closed.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some arm-based platforms, we need to configure platform specific
parameters by device tree node and also define our node as a child
node of parent SDIO host controller.
This patch parses these parameters from device tree. It includes
calibration data dowoload to firmware, wakeup pin configured to firmware,
and soc specific wake up gpio, which will be set as wakeup interrupt pin.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In fwsignal.c: brcmf_fws_commit_skb()
...
if (rc < 0) {
entry->transit_count--;
if (entry->suppressed)
entry->suppr_transit_count--;
(void)brcmf_proto_hdrpull(fws->drvr, false, skb, NULL);
^^^^^^^
goto rollback;
}
...
The call to hdrpull will trigger a null pointer exception
unless a null check is made in the method implementation.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <per.forlin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Announce support for nl80211 feature BSS_SELECT and process
BSS selection behaviour provided in .connect() callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The for-loop condition does not work correctly on architectures where
"char" is unsigned. Fix it by using an "int", which may also result in
more efficient code.
Signed-off-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
'struct timeval' uses a 32-bit seconds field which will overflow in
year 2038 and beyond. This patch is part of a larger effort to remove
all instances of 'struct timeval' from the kernel and replace them
with 64-bit timekeeping variables.
The patch also fixes the debug printf specifier to avoid the
seconds value being truncated.
The patch was build-tested / debugged by removing the
"if VERBOSE > SHOW_ERROR_MESSAGES" guards.
Signed-off-by: Tina Ruchandani <ruchandani.tina@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When dev_alloc_skb or pci_dma_mapping_error in rtl8180_init_rx_ring fails,
the memory allocated by pci_zalloc_consistent is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding pci_free_consistent
in error handling code.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fill in the capability list with more values from the downstream driver.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The WCN36XX_HAL_RMV_BSSKEY_RSP carries a single u32 with "status", so we
can use the standard status check function for decoding the result.
This is the last user of the v2 status checker, so remove the struct and
helper function.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When disabling the beacon we must delete the bss before idling the link.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
EXIT_BMPS_REQ was using the command struct for ENTER_BMPS_REQ. I
spotted this when looking at command dumps.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass the multicast list to FW.
This patch also adds a way to build the smd command in place. This is
needed because the MC list command is too big for the stack.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: dropped FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS usage]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Knowing the association state is needed for mc filtering.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a problem connecting to an open network after being
connected to an encrypted network.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When converting to version 1 of the config_sta struct not all
members where copied. This fixes the problem of multicast frames
not being delivered on an encrypted network.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This message does not follow the canonical format and needs it's own
parser.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This does not work with multiple sta's in a vif.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For consistency with other code.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
While poking at this I also change two related things. I rename one
variable to make the names consistent. I also move one assignment of
priv_sta to the declaration to save a few lines.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some code used priv_vif and some used vif_priv. Convert all to vif_priv
for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Makes the code a little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The wcn36xx FW expects a fixed size TIM PVM in the beacon template. If
supplied with a shorter than expected PVM it will overwrite the IE
following the TIM.
Squashed with fix from Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>:
Patch "wcn36xx: Pad TIM PVM if needed" has caused a regression in mesh
beaconing. The field tim_off is always 0 for mesh mode, and thus
pvm_len (referring to the TIM length field) and pad are both incorrectly
calculated. Thus, msg_body.beacon_length is incorrectly calculated for
mesh mode. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>
[bjorn: squashed in Jason's fixup]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Needed for coming improvements. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: restored BEACON_TEMPLATE_SIZE define to 0x180]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Wistron DNMA-92 and Compex WLM200NX have inverted LED polarity
(active high instead of active low).
The same PCI Subsystem ID is used by both cards, which are based on
the same Atheros MB92 design.
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The LED can be active high instead of active low on some hardware.
Add the led_active_high module parameter. It defaults to -1 to obey
platform data as before.
Setting the parameter to 1 or 0 will force the LED respectively
active high or active low.
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The references to some arrays in the rtl8xxxu driver were moved inside
of an #ifdef, but the symbols remain outside, resulting in build warnings:
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1506:33: error: 'rtl8188ru_radioa_1t_highpa_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1431:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_1t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1407:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radiob_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1332:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:239:35: error: 'rtl8192c_power_base' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:217:35: error: 'rtl8188r_power_base' defined but not used
This adds an extra #ifdef around them to shut up the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 2fc0b8e5a1 ("rtl8xxxu: Add TX power base values for gen1 parts")
Fixes: 4062b8ffec ("rtl8xxxu: Move PHY RF init into device specific functions")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Now that all firmware-N.bin related are within struct ath10k_fw_file we can
switch to use ath10k_core_fetch_firmware_api_n() and delete almost identical
ath10k_tm_fetch_utf_firmware_api_2().
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it easier to share ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n() with testmode.c
refactor all firmware components to struct ath10k_fw_components. This structure
will hold firmware related files, for example firmware-N.bin and board-N.bin.
For firmware-N.bin create a new struct ath10k_fw_file which contains the actual
firmware image as well as the parsed data from the image.
Modify ath10k_core_start() to take struct ath10k_fw_components() as an argument
which makes it possible in following patches to drop some ugly hacks from
testmode.c.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This has ben deprecated years ago, I haven't heard anyone using it since and
most likely it won't even work anymore. So just remove all of it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ah is written twice with the same value, remove one of the
redundant assignments to ah.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx power limitations at upper layers are interpreted in
the EIRP domain. When the user requests a given maximum
txpower, e.g. with: 'iw phy0 set txpower fixed 1500',
he expects the EIRP to be at or below 15dBm.
In ath9k_hw_apply_txpower(), the interpretation is
different: the antenna-gain is capped against the
current txpower limit in the regulatory, but not
against the user set value. It ensures that the
resulting EIRP is below the limit defined by the
active countrycode, but not below the value the
user requested.
In a scenario like e.g.
a) antenna_gain=6
b) countrycode limits to eirp=18
c) user set txpower=15
this will cause a setting for AR_PHY_POWER_TX_RATE
regs resulting in an EIRP > 15.
This patch ensures that antenna-gain is considered
whenever the txpower limit is adjusted and with that
the user set limits are kept.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace an explicit initialisation for one local variable at the beginning
by a conditional assignment.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
push-pull mode needs certain amount the host driver involvement for
managing queues in the host memory and packet delivery to firmware.
qca4019 wifi firmware has an option to stay in push mode for less
number of active traffic flow and then switch to push-pull mode when
the active traffic flow goes beyond the certain limit.
The advantage of staying in push mode for less active traffic is, the
host cpu consumption is reduced. qca4019 firmware supports this
flexibility of the mode switch. It takes the host driver interest
(LOW_PERF/HIGH_PERF) via WMI_EXT_RESOURCE_CFG_CMDID,
LOW_PERF - fw would stay in push mode and switch to push-pull
based on demand.
HIGH_PERF - fw would stay in push-pull mode from the boot.
To make this configuration generic, new WMI services
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_ONLY, WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_PULL,
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC are introduced to take dynamic tx mode
switch support availability in firmware.
Based on WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC, LOW_PERF or HIGHT_PERF is
configured to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Smatch complains that since "ev->peer_id" comes from skb->data that
means we can't trust it and have to do a bounds check on it to prevent
an array overflow.
Fixes: 6942726f7f ('ath10k: add fast peer_map lookup')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Upon firmware assert, restart work will be triggered so that mac80211
will reconfigure the driver. An issue is reported that after restart
work, survey dump data do not contain in-use (SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE) info
for operating channel. During reconfigure, since mac80211 already has
valid channel context for given radio, channel context iteration return
num_chanctx > 0. Hence rx_channel is always NULL. Fix this by assigning
channel context to rx_channel when driver restart is in progress.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return value is incorrect for btcoex and peer stats debugfs
'write' entries if the user provides a value that matches with
the already available debugfs entry, this results in the debugfs
entry getting stuck and the operation has to be terminated manually.
Fix this by returning the appropriate return 'count' as we do it for
other debugfs entries like pktlog etc.
Fixes: cc61a1bbbc ("ath10k: enable debugfs provision to enable Peer Stats feature")
Fixes: c28e6f06ff ("ath10k: fix sanity check on enabling btcoex via debugfs")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch fix spelling typos found in printk
within various part of the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
All the disable_rf() functions were setting REG_TXPAUSE to 0xff to
stop transmission. Do it centrally before calling disable_rf()
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements an 8192eu specific enable_rf() function. The 8192eu is
not a combo device, so no need for doing the BT specific bits needed
by the 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver relies on driver_info in struct usb_device_id, so allowing
adding a device via /sys/bus/usb/drivers/rtl8xxxu/new_id will cause a
NULL pointer dereference.
Set .no_dynamic_id = 1 to disable hot add of USB IDs.
Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8188RU does not like PAPE to be enabled, while all the other gen1
parts seem to require it.
This makes the RTL8188RU able to associate for me.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This register is undocumented in the vendor code, but it is set
unconditionally for all 8192cu/8188cu/8188ru parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes a long standing bug where mac80211 would send disconnect
packets to the device, after we had shut down the device.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In particular set APS_FSMCO_WLON_RESET in the right register, and do
not overwrite too much of REG_CR.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is simpler than checking for RTL8188C && hi_pa.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch was being missed since rtl_chip will never match RTL8188C
if hi_pa is true.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Per the vendor driver, devices with an external PA needs limiting it's
TX power to 0x20.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Load the RF table in init_phy_rf(), which allows for applying device
specific RF hacks in the same place. Getting rid of more ugly if ()
clutter.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
several functions are not initializing a return status in ret
resulting in garbage to be returned instead of 0 for success.
Currently, the calls to these functions are not checking the
return, however, it seems prudent to return the correct status
in case they are to be checked at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This dongle was tested successfully by Andrea Merello
Reported-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Write the adjusted value back to the correct register
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes an unneeded hack for 8192eu, and allows for initializing
REG_FPGA0_XAB_RF_SW_CTRL at the same point as it is done for all other
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes a bunch of if () spaghetti and re-applies the USB bus
quirks for 8188/8192 that had gotten lost.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rather than scattering the code with #ifdefs, use the fileops
structure to hold device specific PBP values.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was expired by the vendor driver, but we never ended up using the
backed up value.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the loading of the AGC table into init_phy_bb() and reduces
the if() clutter.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should get the order right and avoid patching something that is
later overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This reduces the if () clutter. Longer term it probably makes sense to
split this between gen1 (8723au/8188cu/8192cu) and gen2
(8192eu/8723bu) devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The old code incorrectly wiped out bits 0-23 by mistake when setting
the RX path for 1T parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu is a combo WiFi/BT dongle, and path B is not used for WiFi,
so no point in calibrating it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No actual code flow change, but no need to warn about something that
isn't a prioblem.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This caught a bug where too little memory was allocated for RX urbs
for parts using 24 byte RX descriptors
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This shouldn't affect little endian system, but may have prevented the
driver working on big endian systems for devices with the larger 24
byte RX descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead use tx_desc_size() to distinguish between gen1
(8723a/8192c/8188c) and gen2 (8723b/8192e) parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu is a 2T part, so setting TX power for path A only, as done by
rtl8723bu_set_tx_power() is not sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Presumably 8192eu devices do not have leds, so do not enable them.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Like the 8723bu, the vendor driver does not set FPGA0_TX_INFO for
8192eu in the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver does not set REG_PBP on 8192eu. Whether this is due
to the device not supporting it or simply an oversight in the vendor
driver is not clear.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Another flow order change to match the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Longer term we should switch all the chips over to use this function
instead of the random chip specific ifdef hacks.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This further reorganizes the init code flow to match that of the
8192eu vendor driver. This helps diffing the register write log
against that of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to debug 8192eu support, reorder some init code to match the
flow of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
after factoring out mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd
the function is not called outside of cmdevt file
moved function to head of file to avoid forward declaration,
also moved mwifiex_recycle_cmd_node since they are very similar
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Releasing the scan_pending lock in mwifiex_check_next_scan_command
introduces a short window where pending scan commands can be removed
or added before removing them all in mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd.
I think this is safe, since the worst thing to happen is that a
pending scan cmd is removed by the command handler. Adding new scan
commands is not possible while one is pending, see scan_processing flag.
Since all commands are removed from the queue anyway, we don't care if
some commands are removed by a different code path earlier, the final
state remains the same.
I assume, that the critical section needed for the check has been
extended over clearing the pending scan queue out of convenience. The
lock was already held and releasing it and grab it again was just
more work. It doesn't seem to be necessary because of concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
improves readability
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"x ? x : y" can be simplified as "x ? : y"
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Conditionals.html#Conditionals
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
given this structure:
struct foo {
struct bar {
int baz;
}
}
these accesses are equivalent:
(*(foo->bar)).baz
foo->bar->baz
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add scatterlist support (dev_coredumpsg) to allow drivers to avoid
vmalloc() like dev_coredumpm(), while also avoiding the module
reference that the latter function requires.
This internally uses dev_coredumpm() with function inside the
devcoredump module, requiring removing the const
(which touches the driver using it.)
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
by moving common code to ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate i forgot to move
mask_m & mask_p initialisation. This coused a performance regression
on ar9281.
Fixes: f911085ffa ("ath9k: split ar5008_hw_spur_mitigate and reuse common code in ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate.")
Reported-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Tested-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes checkpatch warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.c:5800: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes checkpatch warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:452: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:455: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/txrx.c:133: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes checkpatch warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1477: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1480: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix checkpatch warnings about use of spaces with operators:
spaces preferred around that '*' (ctx:VxV)
This has been recently added to checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During system suspend, there is a kernel WARNING issued if there
is a pending command present. By marking the wait queue disabled
after calling the command completion routine fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS and IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS channel
flags tell if HT40 operation is allowed on a channel or not.
This patch ensures ht_capability information is modified
accordingly so that we don't end up creating a HT40 connection
when it's not allowed for current regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Host hang is observed if card is removed before firmware download
gets completed. In this case, firmware will be failed to download and
adapter structure gets freed.
In other thread, mwifiex_remove_card() waits on semaphore until the
firmware download fails. This wait is not necessary and may result in
invalid adapter access.
This patch uses down_trylock to return immediately so that hang issue
won't occur.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds default setting for pcie firmware download name in
case that there are newer chipset version.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for downloading usb/uart firmware for
8997 chipset by reading the chip version.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds missing break statement at the end of
PCIE_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_88W8897 switch section.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In receive path brcmf_proto_hdrpull() needs to be called and handled
similar in brcmf_rx_frame() and brcmf_rx_event(). Move that duplicated
code in separate function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move event handling out of brcmf_netif_rx() avoiding the need
to pass a flag. This flag is only ever true for USB hosts as
other interface use separate brcmf_rx_event() function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code for ampdu-rx host reorder is related to the firmware signalling
supported in BCDC protocol. This change moves the code to fwsignal module.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware uses asynchronized events as a communication method to the
host. The event packets are marked as ETH_P_LINK_CTL protocol type. For
SDIO and PCIe bus, this kind of packets are delivered through virtual
event channel not data channel. This patch adds a screening logic to
make sure the event handler only processes the events coming from the
correct channel.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When p2p connection setup is performed without having ever done an
escan a null pointer exception can occur. This is because the ifp
to abort scanning is taken from escan struct while it was never
initialized. Fix this by using the primary ifp for scan abort. The
abort should still be performed and all scan related commands are
performed on primary ifp.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some nvram files/stores come without the boardrev information,
but firmware requires this to be set. When not found in nvram then
add a default boardrev string to the nvram data.
Reported-by: Rafal Milecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer firmwares require the usage of the wowl wakeind struct as size
for the iovar to clear the wake indicators. Older firmwares do not
care, so change the used size.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the event_msgs iovar is set an array is used to configure the
enabled events. This arrays needs to nulled before configuring
otherwise unhandled events will be enabled. This solves a problem
where in case of wowl the host got woken by an incorrectly enabled
event.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Adjust AFE before enabling PLL on 8192eu, probably also needed for
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu has it's own IQK calibration procedure, and notably uses
undocumented RF register 0x56 in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixup another case where the hard coded register value was used
instead of the name.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement workaround for LDPC RX hands on 8192eu. This was inspired by
workaround found in the 8192eu vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver set register 0xfe58 REG_USB_HWPWM in it's init
sequence for 8192eu. Do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set HIMR[01] on 8192eu instead of HISR/HIMR. It's not obvious this
really matters for USB devices, but this matches the register writes
performed by the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set REG_AFE_XTAL_CTRL on 8192eu to the vendor driver value, and do not
skip setting REG_MAX_AGGR_NUM on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu requires clearing/restoring bit 17 in REG_FPGA0_POWER_SAVE
before/after writing RF registers.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu does not use REG_AFE_PLL_CTRL in it's BB init sequence, so
provide device specific handling.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu efuse only has power data for path A and B. It follows the
same layout as 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Pick PHY init table based on device before distinguishing between
1T/2T/high PA tables. The latter is only currently used for
8188cu/8192cu/8188ru.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu also requires it's own PHY init table.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A device specific AGC table is required for the 8192eu as well.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the required radio init tables for 8192eu devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu also has it's own TRXFF boundary value to set.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To match the vendor driver, do not mess with AFE_XTAL_CTRL on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu requires a different MAC init table. Add the missing table
and specify the table to use in the fileops structure.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
MSI-X is never well-tested, might contain bugs and generally isn't
really all that useful to maintain. Also ath10k is mainly used with
shared/singly-MSI interrupt systems. Hence removing MSI range support.
This change will be useful for further cleanup in copy engine lock
and to add NAPI support.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware has addeded set_tsf vdev parameter,
hence enable it.
set_tsf function can be used to shift TBTT that will
help avoid its clockdrift which happens when beacons
are collided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update 10.4 WMI vdev param to sync to current 10.4 firmware
as of 2/23/2016.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.2.4.70.24 firmware introduces new feature to set TSF
via vdev parameter, hence implement relevant function.
set_tsf function can be used to shift TBTT that will
help avoid its clockdrift which happens when beacons
are collided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will help anyone trying to use the ack-rssi reporting
feature with the host-specified TX-rate option in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The firwmare file can come with data that is relevant for paging. This
data is availablet to the firmware upon request, but it stored in the
host's memory. During the firmware init flow, the driver configures the
firmware so that the firwmare knows where is the data.
When paging is used, the variable paging_mem_size is the number of bytes
that are available through paging. This variable is not zeror-ed if the
driver fails to configure the paging in the firmware, but the memory is
freed which is inconsistent.
This inconsistency led to a NULL pointer dereference in the code that
collects the debug data.
Fix this by zero-ing the paging_mem_size variable and NULLify the
relevant pointers, so that the code that collects the debug data will
know that the paging data is not available.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firwmare name for 8000 is iwlwifi-8000C. The C is
appended based on a value read from a register. This
allows to load different firwmare versions based on
the hardware step during development. Now that the
hardware development is completed, we can hard code
the 'C' and along the way, fix the input to
MODULE_FIRMWARE.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=116041
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. Update GSCAN capabilities TLV and avoid to WARN
if the firmware does not have the new capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* support for Link Quality measurement
* more work 9000 devices and MSIx
* continuation of the Dynamic Queue Allocation work
* make the paging less memory hungry
* 9000 new Rx path
* removal of IWLWIFI_UAPSD Kconfig option
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXC5ZnAAoJEG4XJFUm622bcLgIAKxTHWfcirfNpzLg39gfR/jx
vWTX8YifGdZUuQuaEJhc7pPZ6eiTyMlRLZsu9JDT0LErM6uwPKSOXkogzfiSFG00
ntXGOWfQlGdyFyQshOoHWlXSkfE7bBWpLiROgk7dS2oyObQr2ETBT/yVd1bkP6Ka
g13sgzM/a3CbxaZSllaK0S/YPQ6JhXlbeWotqOqE4SotYQD2QfLkYJiXSFRXNcQl
OWDPCTjI3yybOVRLTnLMn2CoWrRqtUElwXaWBKJPhgY3EyxlU6R6UPw8OL8DvXIw
EedpflIekKahwZJbipqdkKbhpxinUAa9kPsSkfCtlPJQWsiQvdwpG7R5KQmJ8Lc=
=A2Lw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-04-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* support for Link Quality measurement
* more work 9000 devices and MSIx
* continuation of the Dynamic Queue Allocation work
* make the paging less memory hungry
* 9000 new Rx path
* removal of IWLWIFI_UAPSD Kconfig option
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
This patch prints pcie scratch registers during firmware dump. They
will be useful for analysing firmware status.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch processes sub AMSDU frame received in AP mode.
If a packet is multicast/broadcast, it is sent to kernel/upper
layer as well as queued back to AP TX queue so that it can be
sent to other associated stations.
If a packet is unicast and RA is present in associated station list,
it is again requeued into AP TX queue.
If a packet is unicast and RA is not in associated station list,
packet is forwarded to kernel to handle routing logic.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Bridge packets are enqueued to wmm tx queue, but will not be sent
until main workqeue is scheduled for new interrupt or other
reason. This adds unnecessary delay during traffic.
We will schedule main workqueue when bridge packet is queued.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
skb forwarded to TCP/IP stack doesn't need to allocate in DMA ZONE.
This patch removes GFP_DMA flag in this case to save precious DMA
memory.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some of the chipsets have two revisions. This patch
selects appropriate firmware by checking revision id.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
User can configure wakeup on GTK rekey fail with wowlan.
Added corresponding wakeup reason.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Added driver functionality to offload GTK rekey to firmware. When
AP sends new GTK, firmware will update it.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Per the vendor driver, it looks like the 8192eu doesn't have LDOA15 /
LDOV12 registers.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu uses the same H2C API as the 8723bu. Call the correct
functions for update_rate_mask() and report_connect().
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu A/B cut parts were incorrectly identified as 8192cu devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With support for more chips being added, use an enum to specify the
chip version.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Improve descriptive names of some registers and add some additional
registers only found on nextgen chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
txdesc40 dword2 gid is a 6 bit field, not a single bit
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the size based naming of TX descriptors. Change the bit
definition namings to indicate which descriptor format they match,
rather than having a device name in the bit name.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are two major types of TX descriptor formats for the RTL parts,
the old 32 byte descriptor, and the newer 40 byte descriptor used by
the 8723bu, 8192eu, and 88xx series.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In mwifiex_enable_hs, we need to check if
priv->wdev.wiphy->wowlan_config is NULL before accessing its member.
This sometimes cause kernel panic when suspend/resume.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ap_ie->ie_list is an array of struct mwifiex_ie and can never
be null, so the null check on this array is redundant and can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some of the non-success return paths, the memory allocated by
iwl4965_sta_alloc_lq() in iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station() is not freed.
In particular:
- if the card isn't ready after il4965_prepare_card_hw()
- if the card is hardware-rfkilled
In the hardware rfkilled path, the driver enables the rfkill
interrupt. When the card is unrfkilled and this interrupt is raised
we end up calling il4965_bg_restart() which calls __il4965_up() which
calls iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station() again.
Suggested-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When il4965_hw_nic_init in __il4965_up fails, the memory allocated by
iwl4965_sta_alloc_lq in iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station is not freed.
This patches adds il_dealloc_bcast_stations in the error handling code of
__il4965_up to fix this problem.
This patch has been tested in real device, and it actually fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_data_pkt(), it's a little more logical to assign 'status' in
the actual error handling code as opposed to at the top of the functon.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Deleted controversial bits, rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_data_pkt(), the following variables are assigned to
before they're used:
* tmp_hdr - Assigned on line 47, first used on line 48
* bss - Assigned on line 41, first used on line 44
* extnd_size - Assigned on line 50, first used on line 52
* seq_num - Assigned on line 48, first used on line 96
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_mgmt_pkt(), the following variables are assigned to
before they're used:
* wh - Assigned on line 161, first used on line 180
* bss - Assigned on line 160, first used on line 196
* msg - Assigned on line 168, first used on line 175
* extnd_size - Assigned on line 139, first used on line 142
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When pci_request_regions in rtl8180_probe fails, pci_disable_device is not
called to disable the device which is enabled by pci_enbale_device.
This patch fixes the problem by adding a new lable in error handling code.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The memory allocated by kzalloc in b43_bus_dev_ssb_init and
b43_bus_dev_bcma_init is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding kfree in b43_ssb_remove,
b43_bcma_remove and error handling code of b43_bcma_probe.
Thanks Michael for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Tested-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If "txq->cmd = kzalloc(...)" in il_tx_queue_init fails,
"kfree(txq->cmd[i])" in il_tx_queue_free and il_cmd_queue_free
in iwl4965_hw_txq_ctx_free will causes a null pointer dereference,
because txq->cmd is NULL at that time.
This patch fixes this problem by adding a if-check before kfree.
To avoid double free in il_tx_queue_free and il_cmd_queue_free
caused by the fixing, txq->meta and txq->cmd in error handling code
of il_tx_queue_init are assigned null values.
Otherwise, a double free will occur.
This patch has been tested in real device, and it actually fixes the bug.
Thanks Stanislaw for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Also remove an unused label.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In brcmf_sdio_download_firmware(), bcmerror is set by the call to
brcmf_sdio_download_code_file(), before it's checked in the following
line.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In ath9k_hif_usb_rx_stream(), i is initialised in the for loop it's
used in.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_pci_dev() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"(thermometer < 0) ? 0 : (thermometer == X)" is equivalent to
"thermometer == X" for X >= 0.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Safonov <insafonov@gmail.com>
[Updated commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Decrement num_mpdus_ready only when rx amsdu is processed successfully.
Not doing so, will result in leak and impact stabilty under low memory
cases. Also commit 3128b3d8a2 ("ath10k: speedup htt rx descriptor
processing for rx_ind") missed to removed unused skb list rx_q.
Fixes: 3128b3d8a2 ("ath10k: speedup htt rx descriptor processing for rx_ind")
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca99x0 and qca4019 solutions limit probe responses transmissions.
Logging warning message for each probe response drop is flooding
kernel log unnecessary with " failed to increase tx mgmt pending
count: -16, dropping". Hence reducing log level to debug.
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
pre-calibration is meant for qca4019 which contains only caldata
whereas calibration file is used by ar9888 and qca99x0 that contains
both board data and caldata. So by definition both pre-cal-file and
cal-file can not coexist. Keeping them in shared memory (union), is
breaking boot sequence of qca99x0. Fix it by storing both binaries
in separate memories. This issue is reported in ipq8064 platform which
includes caldata in flash memory.
Fixes: 3d9195ea19 ("ath10k: incorporate qca4019 cal data download sequence")
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Low priority scan handling code which delays or aborts scan
operation based on Tx traffic is removed recently. The reason
is firmware already takes care of it in our new feature scan
channel gap. Hence we should advertise low priority scan
support to cfg80211.
This patch fixes a problem in which OBSS scan request from
wpa_supplicant was being rejected by cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
retry_limit has never been used during the life of this driver, so
we may as well remove it as it is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With current driver, it is observed that a URB is not
completed while the USB disconnect is initiated. Due to
that, the URB completion handler is trying to access
the resource which was freed as a part of USB disconnect.
Managing the URBs with anchor will make sure that all
the URBs are handled gracefully before device gets
disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ssid is an array of u8, so it can never be null, so the null check on
wl->scan.ssid is redundant and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use a more common logging style.
Miscellanea:
o Add specific logging macros for ALGORITHM and INTERFACE types
o Output the messages at KERN_DEBUG
o Coalesce formats
o Align arguments
o Whitespace style adjustments for only these changes
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hal_btc.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hal_btc.c:137 rtl8723e_dm_bt_need_to_dec_bt_pwr() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/phy.c:648 rtl92s_phy_set_rf_power_state() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/trx.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/trx.c:371 rtl92ee_rx_query_desc() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/dm_common.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/dm_common.c:243 rtl92c_dm_false_alarm_counter_statistics() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtc8723b2ant.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtc8723b2ant.c:3078 btc8723b2ant_run_coexist_mechanism() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c:366 rtl_pci_check_buddy_priv() error: we previously assumed 'tpriv' could be null (see line 368)
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c:1216 _rtl_pci_init_struct() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The previous patch added an option to rtl8723be to manually select the
antenna for those cases when only a single antenna is present, and the
on-board EEPROM is incorrectly programmed. This patch implements the
necessary changes in the Bluetooth coexistence driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V4.0+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A number of new laptops have been delivered with only a single antenna.
In principle, this is OK; however, a problem arises when the on-board
EEPROM is programmed to use the other antenna connection. The option
of opening the computer and moving the connector is not always possible
as it will void the warranty in some cases. In addition, this solution
breaks the Windows driver when the box dual boots Linux and Windows.
A fix involving a new module parameter has been developed. This commit
adds the new parameter and implements the changes needed for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V4.0+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is an error path where "ret" isn't initialized.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band
from their device, which station transmitted a given RX
frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211
to save the extra lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the hw scan request specifies a single BSSID, use that value instead
of the wildcard BSSID in the Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to
be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it
already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the
frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not
present.
Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make
the flags field a u64.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If no valid ADC randomness output, ath9k rng will continuously
reading ADC, which will cause high CPU load. So increase the
delay to wait for ADC ready.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=114261
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are many valid WMI commands with only header without any
additional payload. Such WMI commands could not be sent using
the debugfs wmi_send facility. Fix the code to allow sending
of such commands.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/972604
Commit 09c9bae26b ("ath5k: add led pin
configuration for compaq c700 laptop") added a pin configuration for the Compaq
c700 laptop. However, the polarity of the led pin is reversed. It should be
red for wifi off and blue for wifi on, but it is the opposite. This bug was
reported in the following bug report:
http://pad.lv/972604
Fixes: 09c9bae26b ("ath5k: add led pin configuration for compaq c700 laptop")
Signed-off-by: Joseph Salisbury <joseph.salisbury@canonical.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Check and parse Rx MAC timestamp when firmware sets its flag
to status variable.
10.4 firmware adds it in Rx beacon frame only at this moment.
Drivers and mac80211 may utilize it to detect such clockdrift
or beacon collision and use the result for beacon collision
avoidance.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since tx completion and rx indication processing are moved out
of txrx tasklet and rx ring lock contention also removed from txrx
for rx_ind messages, it would be efficient to combine both replenish
and txrx tasks. Refill threshold is adjusted for both AP135 and AP148
(low and high end systems). With this adjustment in AP135, TCP DL is
improved from 603 Mbps to 620 Mbps and UDP DL is improved from 758 Mbps
to 803 Mbps. Also no watchdog are observed on UDP BiDi.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever htt rx indication i.e target to host messages are received
on rx copy engine (CE5), the message will be freed after processing
the response. Then CE 5 will be refilled with new descriptors at
post rx processing. This memory alloc and free operations can be avoided
by reusing the same descriptors.
During CE pipe allocation, full ring is not initialized i.e n-1 entries
are filled up. So for CE 5 full ring should be filled up to reuse
descriptors. Moreover CE 5 write index will be updated in single shot
instead of incremental access. This could avoid multiple pci_write and
ce_ring access. From experiments, It improves CPU usage by ~3% in IPQ4019
platform.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The physical address necessary to unmap DMA ('bufferp') is stored
in ath10k_skb_cb as 'paddr'. For diag register read and write
operations, 'paddr' is stored in transfer context. ath10k doesn't rely
on the meta/transfer_id. So the unused output arguments {bufferp, nbytesp
and transfer_idp} are removed from CE recv_next completion.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Except qca61x4 family chips (qca6164, qca6174), copy engine 5 is used
for receiving target to host htt messages. In follow up patch, CE5
descriptors will be reused. In such case, same API can not be used as
htc layer callback where the response messages will be freed at the end.
Hence register new API for HTC layer that free up received message and
keep the message handler common for both HTC and HIF layers.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In follow up patch, htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
dealloc and refill. To achieve that htt rx indication messages
should not be deferred and should be processed in pci tasklet itself.
Also from rx indication message, mpdu_count alone is used. So it is
maintained as atomic variable and all rx amsdu handlers are done
processed from txrx tasklet. This change get rid of rx_compl_q usage.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make amsdu handlers (i.e amsdu_pop and rx_h_handler) common to both
rx_ind and frag_ind htt events. It is sufficient to hold rx_ring lock
for amsdu_pop alone and no need to hold it until the packets are
delivered to mac80211. This helps to reduce rx_lock contention as well.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The fw descriptor was never used and probably never will be. It makes
little sense to maintain support for it. Remove it and simplify rx
processing. This will make it easier to optimize rx processing later
as well.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To optmize CPU usage htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
refilling it for htt rx copy engine (CE5). To support that all htt rx
indications should be proecssed at same context. Instead of queueing
actual indication message, queue copied message for txrx processing.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To optimize CPU usage htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
refilling it for htt rx copy engine (CE5). To support that all htt rx
indications should be processed at same context. FIFO queue is used
to maintain tx completion status for each msdu. This helps to retain
the order of tx completion.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rx duration support for per station is part of extended peer
stats, enable provision to parse the same and provide backward
compatibility based on the 'stats_id' event
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add API support for Extended Resource Configuration for 10.4. This
is useful to enable new features like Peer Stats, LTEU etc if the
firmware advertises support for the service. This is also done to
provide backward compatibility with older firmware. Also for clarity
send default host platform type as 'WMI_HOST_PLATFORM_HIGH_PERF',
though this should not make any difference in functionality
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
isr_stats is written twice with the same value, remove one of the
redundant assignments to isr_stats.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We were not allowing the thermal state to be set when we were in D0i3
mode. It was not very clearly specified how it should work, but now a
decision was made to allow the state to be set in D0i3 (which will
cause a brief wake up). Remove the check in the set_cur_state
operation.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When working in DQA mode, there is a lockdep log warning
about an inconsistent state of the mvmsta->lock and the
mvm->queue_info_lock. Fix this. This mode is not activated
for now.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently reading the fw memory segments is done according to
addresses and data length that are hard-coded.
Lately a new tlv was appended to the ucode, that contains
the data type, length and address.
Parse this tlv, and in run-time store the memory segments length
and addresses that would be dumped upon a fw error.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In MSIX mode we iterate over the allocated interrupt vectors and
register them to an handler. In case of registration failure,
we free all the allocated irq.
we use the outer index mistakenly instead of the inner one.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
_UCODE_API_OK was a intermediate version between MIN and
MAX. If a user had a firmware below _OK but above _MIN, the
driver would work but the user would get a warning in the
kernel log telling him to update his firmware.
This is not needed since most users won't look for these
messages in the kernel log if their wifi is working.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Declare and enable support of RX and TX checksum for 9000 family.
Configure offload_assist in the TX cmd accordingly to support
TX csum.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If something goes wrong with the firmware and we never get a scan
complete notification, we stay stuck forever. In order to avoid this
situation, add a timeout and trigger an NMI if it expires before
receiving the notification., so we can clean things up.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Change the CMD queue to be queue #0 (rather than queue #9)
when working in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set the correct sta_id in the SCD_QUEUE_CONFIG command sent
to the FW when enabling/disabling queues. This is needed in
DQA-mode to allow the FW to associate between queue and STA.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use the reserved BSS Client queue when connecting to an AP
in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Edit some of the 9560 series and 5165 series PCI IDs.
These devices do not exist yet.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Improve current RSS configuration:
* Use netdev_rss_key instead of keeping a local copy.
* Configure also UDP hashing to have UDP traffic spread across queues.
* Do not direct RSS traffic to our fallback queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We want to request an interrupt vector for RSS queue per CPU,
one vector for fallback queue, and one for non-rx interrupts.
Future patch will make sure that no RSS traffic is directed to
fallback queue.
This will enable us to enable fast path on traffic that otherwise
would have been received on the fallback queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver can read the current state during D0I3,
therefore there is no reason not to do it.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For some reason, this was defined as a signed variable.
Make it unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Auxilary station ID in flag in scan config command wasn't set
although we set the station ID. Add the flag.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the code checks if hardware reported both L4 and L3
checksums as valid, and only then reports it as validated to
the stack.
However, IPv6 does not have checksum at all and the L3 checksum
valid bit is always off for IPv6 packets, with the result of the
stack re-validating L4 checksum.
Fix code to set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY also for IPv6 packets whose
TCP/UDP checksum was verified.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use alloc_ordered_workqueue() to allocate the workqueue instead of
create_singlethread_workqueue() since the latter is deprecated and is scheduled
for removal.
There are work items doing related operations that shouldn't be swapped when
queued in a certain order hence preserve the strict execution ordering of a
single threaded (ST) workqueue by switching to alloc_ordered_workqueue().
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag is not needed since the worker is not depended
during memory reclaim.
Signed-off-by: Eva Rachel Retuya <eraretuya@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
API version lower than 16 is not supported anymore - don't
load older ucode.
Remove code handling older versions.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. Update GSCAN capabilities TLV.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We have a module parameter, this is enough.
per platform customizations will be done through the init
script of the platform.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to hardware bug, upon any shadow free-queue register write
access, a legacy RBD shadow register must be written as well.
This is required in order to trigger a copy of the shadow registers
values after MAC exits sleep state.
Specifically, the driver has to write (any value) to the legacy RBD
register each time FRBDCB is accessed.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"DQA" is shorthand for "dynamic queue allocation". This
enables on-demand allocation of queues per RA/TID rather than
statically allocating per vif, thus allowing a potential
benefit of various factors.
Please refer to the DOC section this patch adds to sta.h to
see a more in-depth explanation of this feature.
There are many things to take into consideration when working
in DQA mode, and this patch is only one in a series. Note that
default operation mode is non-DQA mode, unless the FW
indicates that it supports DQA mode.
This patch enables support of DQA for a station connected to
an AP, and works in a non-aggregated mode.
When a frame for an unused RA/TID arrives at the driver, it
isn't TXed immediately, but deferred first until a suitable
queue is first allocated for it, and then TXed by a worker
that both allocates the queues and TXes deferred traffic.
When a STA is removed, its queues goes back into the queue
pools for reuse as needed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"is_data_qos == true" is equivalent to "tid < IWL_MAX_TID_COUNT"
since tid is only assigned (and range-checked) in that case.
This removes a (harmless) smatch warning that occurs because it
can't seem to follow the above logic from the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Update device id and FW serial number for 2X2 antenna devices
in 9000 generation product. These will not be available on
the market in the coming year.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to disable uapsd for BSS only, or P2P client
separately. Remove the now unneeded
IWL_MVM_P2P_UAPSD_STANDALONE constant.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
TX CMD API has changed to support offload assist.
Currently we do not enable checksum yet, but must set the
padding indication, to avoid FW errors.
Set other amsdu flag as well.
The rest of the flags will be configured only if HW csum
is enabled and will be set in future patches.
This change is backward compatible.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We insert padding if the MAC header's size is not a multiple of 4
to ensure that the SNAP header is DWORD aligned. When we do so, we
let the firmware know by setting a bit in Tx command
(TX_CMD_FLG_MH_PAD) which will instruct the firmware to drop those
2 bytes before sending the frame.
However, this is not needed for AMSDU as the sub frame header (14B)
complements the MAC header (26B) so that the SNAP header is DWORD
aligned without adding any pad.
Until 9000, the firmware didn't check the TX_CMD_FLG_MH_PAD bit
but rather checked the length of the MAC header itself and
assumed the entity that enqueued the frame (driver or internal
firmware code) added the pad.
Since the driver inserted the pad even for AMSDU this logic applied.
Note that the padding is a DMA optimization but it's not strictly
needed, so we could pad even if it was not needed.
However, the CSUM hardware introduced for the 9000 devices requires
to not pad AMSDU as it is not needed, and will fail if such a pad
exists.
Due to older FW not checking the padding bit but checking the mac
header size itself - we cannot do this adjustments for older
generations.
Do not align the size if it is an AMSDU and HW checksum is enabled -
which will only happen on 9000 devices and on.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Bjorn pointed out that printing an error value as an
hexadecimal isn't very convenient. Change that.
Reported-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use RX_HANDLER_ASYNC_UNLOCKED instead of unlock and re-lock
the mutex independently.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't use the refcount value anymore, all the refcounting is done
in the runtime PM usage_count value. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When entering suspend the driver calls iwl_disable_interrupts() and
then iwl_pcie_disable_ict().
On resume the driver calls only iwl_pcie_reset_ict() without calling
explicitly to iwl_enable_interrupts().
This mostly works since iwl_pcie_reset_ict is calling to
iwl_enable_interrupts, but it doesn't work when there is no ict_table
in MSIx mode.
The result is that driver tries to resume but fails since it doesn't
get the RX interrupt from FW indicating that d0i3 exit was completed.
Fix it by adding an explicit call to enable interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
My patch resized the pool size, but neglected to resize
the global table, which is obviously wrong since the global
table maps the pool's rxb to vid one to one. This results
in a panic in 9000 devices.
Add a build bug to avoid such a case in the future.
Fixes: 7b5424361e ("iwlwifi: pcie: fine tune number of rxbs")
Reported-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entry named lqm_send_cmd for kicking a
measurement. This hook takes the duration and the timeout
as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
LQM stands for Link Quality Measurement. The firmware
will collect a defined set of statitics (see the
notification for details) that allow to know how busy
the medium is. The driver issues a request to the firmware
that includes the duration of the measurement (the firmware
needs to be on channel for that amount of time) and the
timeout (in case the firmware has a lot of offchannel
activities). If the timeout elapses, the firmware will
send partial results which are still valuable.
In case of disassociation / channel switch and alike, the
driver is in charge of stopping the measurements and the
firmware will reply with partial results.
The user space API for now is debugfs only and will be
implmemented in an upcoming patch.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The rtl8821ae_dm_txpower_tracking_callback_thermalmeter function
contains a call to RT_TRACE() that is indented in a misleading
way, as pointed out by a gcc-6 warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c: In function 'rtl8821ae_dm_txpower_tracking_callback_thermalmeter':
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2491:4: error: statement is indented as if it were guarded by...
RT_TRACE(rtlpriv, COMP_POWER_TRACKING, DBG_LOUD,
^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2488:3: note: ...this 'for' clause, but it is not
for (p = RF90_PATH_A; p < MAX_PATH_NUM_8821A; p++)
^~~
It is clear from the context that the call was not meant to be
part of the loop and only the indentation is wrong, so this
removes the extra tabs.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The memory allocated by kzalloc in b43_bus_dev_ssb_init and
b43_bus_dev_bcma_init is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding kfree in b43_ssb_remove,
b43_bcma_remove and error handling code of b43_bcma_probe.
Thanks Michael for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Michael Büsch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Provide a debugfs entry to enable/ disable Peer Stats feature.
Peer Stats feature is for developers/users who are more interested
in studying in Rx/Tx stats with multiple clients connected, hence
disable this by default. Enabling this feature by default results
in unneccessary processing of Peer Stats event for every 500ms
and updating peer_stats list (allocating memory) and cleaning it up
ifexceeds the higher limit and this can be an unnecessary overhead
during long run stress testing.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca4019 calibration data is stored in the host memory and it's mandatory
to download it even before reading board id and chip id from the target.
Also, there is a need to execute otp (download and run) twice, one after
cal data download and another one after board data download.
Existing cal data file name 'cal-<bus>-<id>.bin' and device tree entry
'qcom,ath10k-calibration-data' used in ath10k has assumption that it
carries other data (like board data) also along with the calibration data.
But, qca4019 cal data contains pure calibration data (doesn't include
any other info). So, using existing same cal file name and DT entry
in qca4019 case would alter the purpose of it. To avoid this, new cal
file name 'pre-cal-<bus>-<id>.bin' and new device tree entry name
'qcom,ath10k-pre-calibration-data are introduced.
Overall qca4019's firmware download sequence would look like,
1) Download cal data (either from a file or device tree entry)
at the address specified by target in the host interest area
member "hi_board_data".
2) Download otp and run with 0x10 (PARAM_GET_EEPROM_BOARD_ID)
as a argument.
At this point, otp will take back up of downloaded cal data
content in another location in the target and return valid
board id and chip id to the host.
3) Download board data at the address specified by target
in host interest area member "hi_board_data".
4) Download otp and run with 0x10000 (PARAM_FLASH_SECTION_ALL) as
a argument.
Now otp will apply cal data content from it's backup on top
of board data download in step 3 and prepare final data base.
5) Download code swap and athwlan binary content.
Above sequences are implemented (step 1 to step 4) in the name of
pre calibration configuration.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_download_cal_dt() compares obtained cal data content length
against QCA988X_CAL_DATA_LEN (2116 bytes). It was written by keeping
qca988x in mind. In fact, cal data length is more chip specific.
To make ath10k_download_cal_dt() more generic and reusable for other
chipsets (like qca4019), cal data length is moved to hw_params.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Both ath10k_download_cal_file() and ath10k_download_cal_dt() uses
hard coded file pointer (ar->cal_file) and device tree entry
(qcom,ath10k-calibration-data) respectively to get calibration
data content.
There is a need to use those two functions in qca4019 calibration
download sequence with different file pointer and device tree entry name.
Modify those two functions to take cal data location as an argument.
So that it can serve the purpose for other file pointer and device
tree entry.
This is just preparation before adding actual qca4019 calibration
download sequence. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If device failed to init during early probing
(which is quite rare) it triggered driver to
compute crc before ar->firmware was ready causing
an oops.
Fixes: 3e58044b61 ("ath10k: print crc32 checksums for firmware and board files")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prevents tx hangs or hiccups if pull-push
supporting firmware defines per-txq thresholds or
switches modes dynamically.
Fixes: 299468782d ("ath10k: implement wake_tx_queue")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The wake_tx_queue/push_pending logic had a bug
which could stop queues indefinitely effectivelly
breaking traffic.
Fixes: 299468782d ("ath10k: implement wake_tx_queue")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently paging download buffer is freed during the
the unloading of the opmode which happens when the driver
is unloaded.
This causes a memory leak since the paging download
buffer is allocated every time we enable the
interface, so the download buffer can be allocated many
times, but only be freed once.
Free paging download buffer during disabling of the
interface.
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.3+]
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case of FW error, support dumping the UMAC internal txfifos.
To do so, support version 2 of shared memory cfg command, which
contains the sizes of the internal txfifos, and move the command
to the system group.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Paging contains 3 sections in the fw. The first for the paging separator,
The second for the CSS block, the third with the paging data.
Currently if the driver finds the paging separator, and there is only
section left (CSS), once reading the CSS section, the driver will
attempt to read the paging data and will go out of the arrays bounds.
Make sure that the FW image contains the right amount of sections for
paging.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
IWL_INFO is not an error but still printed by default.
"can't access the RSA semaphore it is write protected" seems
worrisome but it is not really a problem.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1+]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the driver has 2 buffers for paging:
1. paging db - this contains all of the pages that were in the FW
image, that the driver stores for the FW. This is allocated for each
block separately (not contiguous).
2. download buffer - we need to provide this empty buffer for the
iwl_sdio_load_fw_chunk function to copy the requested pages to the shared
memory. This is one big buffer of contiguous memory whose size is the
size of all the blocks that the fw paging section can contain.
This download buffer size is too big, and causes the allocation to fail
sometimes. Since the driver allocates memory for each block separately,
it is not possible for the FW to request all of the pages in one request
(the FW gives an address and size, so blocks need to be contiguous for
this to happen), therefore the FW is limited to request only one block.
Decrease the size of the paging download buffer to be the size of a
paging block.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when stop flow is performed, there might be transport TX RTPM
references that are not freed in case we unmap a queue that still has
packets not reclaimed. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
Merge second patch-bomb from Andrew Morton:
- a couple of hotfixes
- the rest of MM
- a new timer slack control in procfs
- a couple of procfs fixes
- a few misc things
- some printk tweaks
- lib/ updates, notably to radix-tree.
- add my and Nick Piggin's old userspace radix-tree test harness to
tools/testing/radix-tree/. Matthew said it was a godsend during the
radix-tree work he did.
- a few code-size improvements, switching to __always_inline where gcc
screwed up.
- partially implement character sets in sscanf
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (118 commits)
sscanf: implement basic character sets
lib/bug.c: use common WARN helper
param: convert some "on"/"off" users to strtobool
lib: add "on"/"off" support to kstrtobool
lib: update single-char callers of strtobool()
lib: move strtobool() to kstrtobool()
include/linux/unaligned: force inlining of byteswap operations
include/uapi/linux/byteorder, swab: force inlining of some byteswap operations
include/asm-generic/atomic-long.h: force inlining of some atomic_long operations
usb: common: convert to use match_string() helper
ide: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
ata: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
power: ab8500: convert to use match_string() helper
power: charger_manager: convert to use match_string() helper
drm/edid: convert to use match_string() helper
pinctrl: convert to use match_string() helper
device property: convert to use match_string() helper
lib/string: introduce match_string() helper
radix-tree tests: add test for radix_tree_iter_next
radix-tree tests: add regression3 test
...
Results obtained from scan can be used for spectrum management by
doing something like building information of preferred channel
lists and sharing them with stations around. It is to be noted
that traffic to the connected stations would be affected during
the scan.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is observed that, we are disabling the packet log if we write same
value to the pktlog_filter for the second time. Always enable pktlogs
on non zero filter.
Fixes: 90174455ae ("ath10k: add support to configure pktlog filter")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_core_probe_fw() simply returns error without freeing
cached firmware file content when get board id operation fails.
Free cached fw bin data in failure case to avoid memory leak.
Fixes: db0984e51a ("ath10k: select board data based on BMI chip id and board id")
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Frames that are transmitted via MGMT_TX are using reserved descriptor
slots in firmware. This limitation is for the htt_mgmt_tx path itself,
not for mgmt frames per se. In 16 MBSSID scenario, these reserved slots
will be easy exhausted due to frequent probe responses. So for 10.4
based solutions, probe responses are limited by a threshold (24).
management tx path is separate for all except tlv based solutions. Since
tlv solutions (qca6174 & qca9377) do not support 16 AP interfaces, it is
safe to move management descriptor limitation check under mgmt_tx
function. Though CPU improvement is negligible, unlikely conditions or
never hit conditions in hot path can be avoided on data transmission.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever firmware is configuring operating channel during scan or
home channel, channel change event will be indicated to host. In some
cases (device probe/ last vdev down), target will be configured to
default channel whereas host is unaware of target's operating channel.
This leads to packet drop due to unknown channel and kernel log will be
filled up with "no channel configured; ignoring frame(s)!". Fix that
by handling HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_CHAN_CHANGE event.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
drivers/rtc: broken link fix
drm/i915 Fix typos in i915_gem_fence.c
Docs: fix missing word in REPORTING-BUGS
lib+mm: fix few spelling mistakes
MAINTAINERS: add git URL for APM driver
treewide: Fix typo in printk
Some callers of strtobool() were passing a pointer to unterminated
strings. In preparation of adding multi-character processing to
kstrtobool(), update the callers to not pass single-character pointers,
and switch to using the new kstrtobool_from_user() helper where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.6:
API:
- Convert remaining crypto_hash users to shash or ahash, also convert
blkcipher/ablkcipher users to skcipher.
- Remove crypto_hash interface.
- Remove crypto_pcomp interface.
- Add crypto engine for async cipher drivers.
- Add akcipher documentation.
- Add skcipher documentation.
Algorithms:
- Rename crypto/crc32 to avoid name clash with lib/crc32.
- Fix bug in keywrap where we zero the wrong pointer.
Drivers:
- Support T5/M5, T7/M7 SPARC CPUs in n2 hwrng driver.
- Add PIC32 hwrng driver.
- Support BCM6368 in bcm63xx hwrng driver.
- Pack structs for 32-bit compat users in qat.
- Use crypto engine in omap-aes.
- Add support for sama5d2x SoCs in atmel-sha.
- Make atmel-sha available again.
- Make sahara hashing available again.
- Make ccp hashing available again.
- Make sha1-mb available again.
- Add support for multiple devices in ccp.
- Improve DMA performance in caam.
- Add hashing support to rockchip"
* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (116 commits)
crypto: qat - remove redundant arbiter configuration
crypto: ux500 - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: atmel - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: qat - Change the definition of icp_qat_uof_regtype
hwrng: exynos - use __maybe_unused to hide pm functions
crypto: ccp - Add abstraction for device-specific calls
crypto: ccp - CCP versioning support
crypto: ccp - Support for multiple CCPs
crypto: ccp - Remove check for x86 family and model
crypto: ccp - memset request context to zero during import
lib/mpi: use "static inline" instead of "extern inline"
lib/mpi: avoid assembler warning
hwrng: bcm63xx - fix non device tree compatibility
crypto: testmgr - allow rfc3686 aes-ctr variants in fips mode.
crypto: qat - The AE id should be less than the maximal AE number
lib/mpi: Endianness fix
crypto: rockchip - add hash support for crypto engine in rk3288
crypto: xts - fix compile errors
crypto: doc - add skcipher API documentation
crypto: doc - update AEAD AD handling
...
A cleanup patch in linux-3.18 moved around some code in the ath9k
driver and left some code to be indented in a misleading way,
made worse by the addition of some new code for p2p mode, as
discovered by a new gcc-6 warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c: In function 'ath9k_set_hw_capab':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c:851:4: warning: statement is indented as if it were guarded by... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
hw->wiphy->iface_combinations = if_comb;
^~
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c:847:3: note: ...this 'if' clause, but it is not
if (ath9k_is_chanctx_enabled())
^~
The code is in fact correct, but the indentation is not, so I'm
reformatting it as it should have been after the original cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 499afaccf6 ("ath9k: Isolate ath9k_use_chanctx module parameter")
Fixes: eb61f9f623 ("ath9k: advertise p2p dev support when chanctx")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code that was added back in 2.6.38 has an obvious overflow
when accessing a static array, and at the time it was added
only a code comment was put in front of it as a reminder
to have it reviewed properly.
This has not happened, but gcc-6 now points to the specific
overflow:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/eeprom.c: In function 'ath9k_hw_get_gain_boundaries_pdadcs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/eeprom.c:483:44: error: array subscript is above array bounds [-Werror=array-bounds]
maxPwrT4[i] = data_9287[idxL].pwrPdg[i][4];
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~
It turns out that the correct array length exists in the local
'intercepts' variable of this function, so we can just use that
instead of hardcoding '4', so this patch changes all three
instances to use that variable. The other two instances were
already correct, but it's more consistent this way.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 940cd2c12e ("ath9k_hw: merge the ar9287 version of ath9k_hw_get_gain_boundaries_pdadcs")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain 6004 firmware releases redefine the WMI_TXE_NOTIFY_EVENTID event
number and sends the new event frequently. However it doesn't have the
tx-err-notify feature and thus this firmware capability flag isn't set on
the firmware package. By guarding the processing of this event by the same
method we guard the sending of the WMI_SET_TXE_NOTIFY_CMDID command, we
can ignore the spurious event that we don't know how to process.
Without this change we call cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify() with possibly bad
data.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow to set wl_active_time and wl_qc_time for SOC chips, also adjust
bt_time_extend and bt_first_slot_time.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The registers of AR_GPIO_INPUT_MUX1 and AR_GPIO_PDPU were removed
from SOC chips, fix invalid accessing
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add bits definition for AR_BT_COEX_MODE2 and AR_BT_COEX_MODE3, which
needed by SOC chips (AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561).
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new platform data to allow override BTCoex default pin.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make ath_init_leds() and ath_deinit_leds() pairs as the only
API to set leds, also removed direction configuration from
ath9k_start() and ath9k_stop(). So the initial is more clear
now.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For SOC GPIOs, should call ath9k_hw_gpio_free() to release
the GPIO resource.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 61b559dea4 ("ath9k: add extra GPIO led support")
added ath9k to support access SOC's GPIOs, but implemented
in a separated API: ath9k_hw_request_gpio().
So this patch make the APIs more common, to support both
of WMAC and SOC GPIOs. The new APIs as below,
void ath9k_hw_gpio_request_in();
void ath9k_hw_gpio_request_out();
void ath9k_hw_gpio_free();
NOTE, the BSP of the SOC chips(AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561)
should set the corresponding MUX registers correctly.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define correct GPIO numbers and MASK bits to indicate the WMAC
GPIO resource.
Allow SOC chips(AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561) to access all GPIOs
which rely on gpiolib framework. But restrict SOC AR9330 only to
access WMAC GPIO which has the same design with the old chips.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
These lines belong inside the if-statement above, not in the
main body of the switch.
Found by smatch.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
smatch said:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c:1449 ath5k_hw_channel() warn: inconsistent indenting
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/reset.c:637 ath5k_hw_on_hold() warn: inconsistent indenting
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/reset.c:702 ath5k_hw_nic_wakeup() warn: inconsistent indenting
All of these lines were indented a tabstop too far.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit f49c90db4d ("ath9k: Add a macro to identify PCOEM chips")
defined AR_SREV_9003_PCOEM macro, its more clear to use the macro
instead of checking one by one. Also removed PCOEM chips checking
in the callback of ar9003_hw_do_pcoem_manual_peak_cal() which only
for PCOEM chips.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail, enable all ar9300
chips manual peak calibration instead.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 14c5932805 ("ath9k: Update QCA953x initvals")
disabled HW peak detect calibartion on QCA953x 1.0, which
should also be applied on 2.0.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To reduce the patch volume, temporariliy disable 8192eu device init.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8723b needs more action, so implement support for device specific
reset functions.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only print a warning if the FIFO flush fails, as opposed to printing
the status unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should help when reloading the driver for 8723bu devices
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implment 8723bu specific device power down, and make power_off() a
fileops function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Powering up the 8723bu RF should probably be matched by the ability to
power it down again.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the bit define rather than hard code the value for REG_PWR_DATA bits.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8723bu_init_bt() is effectively the function enabling RF, so name
it appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes an superfluous semicolon.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8xxxu_rx_parse_phystats() only needs the RX rate to determine
whether to handle the stats as CCK or not. Parsing in the rate rather
than the rx descriptor elimantes the need to handle multiple rx
descriptor formats in the function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle RA_REPORTS events for 8723bu to not have them show up as
unhandled.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Dump the contents of unhandled C2H events. We should be handling all
expected events, so this is debugging help in case an unexpected event
happens.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement support for nextgen devices reporting connectition to the
firmware.
The H2C API for reporting connection to the firmware is different
between the two device generations. Use the fileops structure to
determine which one to call.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support for setting bandwidth and VHT parameters is still missing
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Define H2C command structure for setting the rate mask.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
C2H events are delivered as RX packets on 8723bu/8192eu. When
receiving a C2H event, do not parse the rest of the RX descriptor as
the info isn't valid.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Further correct the handling of 40 byte TX descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Correct the setting of TX RTS for 8723a generation chips. In addition
update documentation to match that this is part of data word 4, note
data word 5.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TX data words 4 and 5 differ significantly between 32 byte and 40 byte
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SEQ changed location in the 40 byte TX descriptor. Set it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixup victim of the relocated bits for AGG_ENABLE/AGG_BREAK in the 40
byte TX descriptor
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add additional bit definitions for 40 byte TX descriptors, and rename
bits for 32 byte descriptors that are located differently in the 40
byte descriptor format.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds documentation for some additional bits in TX descriptor word
0.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Note the descriptor checksum is still only calculated over the initial
32 bytes of the descriptor, ignoring the last 8 bytes of the
descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips use a 40 byte TX descriptor, compared to the
32 byte descriptor used on older chips.
This adds the definition for the 40 byte descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Older chips use RF register 0x24 to set the thermal meter. Newer chips
use register 0x42.
This change makes sure to set the correct thermal meter register
depending on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds the missing support for setting MCS TX power rates on 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements support for setting TX power for CCK and OFDM rates on
8723bu. MCS rates is still pending.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should (hopefully) parse the power indices correctly for the
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips have more channels groups. In order to carry
the larger arrays in common structures, bump the array sizes to
match.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some newer chips have more channel groups in their efuse parameter
tables, so use the size of the source, rather than the destination
when copying them out. This avoids copying garbage when increasing the
common array sizes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723b series is significantly different from the older generation
in this sense. So far the 8723b version doesn't do anything useful.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These settings simply block the 8723bu, for now leave an empty
function.
With this change we can finally communicate with aliens using the
8723bu!
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the same values as the vendor driver when setting up the BTCOEX
table for 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Another case where we should use the register name rather than the
hard coded value when accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Register 0x0944 is REG_RFE_BUFFER. Use the name rather than hard coded
value when accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BT_COEX_TABLE register list contains 3 32 bit registers and one 8
bit register. Hence, use rtl8xxxu_write8() when writing the 8 bit
register.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The initial code set the wrong setting in WLAN_ACT_CONTROL for the
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Provide RF_T_METER register location for nextgen chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Vendor driver implements this for 8723b and 8821 series
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This initializes RX DMA aggregation on 8723bu. We should do this for
all parts eventually, and also init TX aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Group chip quirks together instead of having them scattered all over
in the init code.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
List yet another new register found on the 8723b.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set PHY lock after running the RF init sequence on 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Having a version for the newer chips without calling it doesn't do
much good.....
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement burst parameter sequence for 8723bu parts. Eventually this
should be moved into device specific sections.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver does not set FPGA0_TX_INFO here. In additiona the
8723bu can handler a larger PBP page size.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Reorganize the init sequence in order to be able to compare to the
8723bu vendor driver's init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In addition make register read/write flow match closer to vendor
driver flow. This is mainly to be able to compare the register write
log with the vendor driver, and can be optimized later once 8723bu
support is working.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No indication of what register 0xa3 does anywhere in the vendor source.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is going to need to be split up into chip specific
variants.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Retrieve the XTAL_K value in the parse_efuse() functions as it's
location various on a per device basis. For parts that do not provide
an XTAL_K value, skip setting it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Additional tweaks to further map the init sequence for the 8723bu to
that of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This matches the order of the 8723bu vendor driver
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements the 8723bu specific power on sequence as it is
different from that of the 8723au chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu does not like REG_AFE_XTAL_CTRL being set, so skip this for
now, to match the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Issue a BT_INFO command to verify the status of BT/WiFi settings.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8723bu BT registers are written via the mailbox interface. Add support
for writing these and corresponding C2H event responses.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 64 bit mailbox commands also provide a different method for
mailbox command responses (C2H events).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds code to parse the new RX descriptor format used by the
8723bu/8192eu parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The nextgen chips use a slightly different RX descriptor format. This
adds support for the new format.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the correct type when setting PS TDMA for 8723bu. This matches the
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu is a WiFi/BT combo part. When initializing it for WiFi,
make sure to tell it not to ignore WiFi activity.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement additional init sequence code for the 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove an unused variable to make the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should initialize the antennas on the 8723bu, but so far I am
still not receiving anything :( More work is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is a first stab of implementing rtl8723bu_config_channel(). For
now this will only do 20MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TX power values are laid out differently in EFUSE found in RTL8192EU &
RTL8188EU devices. TX power indices and differences for each RF path
are not interleaved (A, B, A, B), as in other chips, but follow one
another (A, B, C, D).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was inspired by the vendor driver, but in the end never used for
anything.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This matches the flow of the vendor driver for newer hardware, and
doesn't seem to cause issues for the older parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips (8723bu/8192eu) has S0S1 settings which needs to be dealt
with during LC calibration.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu also has it's own IQK calibration process. This is similar
in flow, but still different enough to warrent it's own
implementation, at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds some additional register definitions for 8723bu, as well as
a bit define for USB RXDMA aggregation in REG_RXDMA_AGG_PG_TH.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8192cu/rtl8188cu/rtl8723au use the same values, but 8723bu and
8192eu have their own.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix a silly bug where the debug level was overwritten rather than
amended for untested chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips require the firmware be notified before we
start the IQK calibration.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The firmware command API differs slightly between new and old
devices. The new generation requires the size since there is no
extension bit encoded into the command number.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Likewise for 8723bu, use a pointer to the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the code easier to read and less error prone by using a pointer
to the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Avoid a negative conditional and an extra level of indentation in the
bigger part of the loop body.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is enough to check for either illegal offset or illegal map address
because map address is a value derived from an offset:
map_addr = offset * 8
EFUSE_MAP_LEN = EFUSE_MAX_SECTION_8723A * 8
Leave just the check for an illegal map address because its upper
bound (EFUSE_MAP_LEN) is used also in a couple other places.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The larger mailboxes also use a different set of mailbox commands.
This provides a list of the 64 bit commands.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In addition do not apply fixups for 8188/8191/8192 A-cut UMC parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This introduces additional register definitions for newer generation
chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Gen1 chips use a 16 bit mailbox extension register, for upto 48 bit
mailbox commands. The newer generation chips use a 32 bit mailbox
extension register instead, for upto 64 bit mailbox commands.
Handle writing the larger mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The different RF module seems to require a different AGC table as well
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips seem to have some different mac registers, requiring
a different init table.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
So far this is just for 8723BU. It includes writing to a number of
registers I have seen no description for so far.
0x0064
0x0930
0x0944
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add 8723bu 1T radio init table. The vendor driver indicates that some
registers need special treatment for TFBGA90, TFBGA80, and TFBGA79
packaging. However the vendor driver never actually checks the package
type, so just stick to default values here.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only 1st generation chips do provide USB interrupts, so do not try to
setup interrupts for newer chips (8192eu and 8723bu).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu, like the 8192eu, can also handle 1024 byte block writes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement first stab at parsing the 8723bu's efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This provides initial detection of 8723bu devices, and selects the
correct firmware image to load.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The newer generation chips have different interrupt registers.
Initialize this correct registers on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu (and some other parts) will report an incorrect USB OUT
EP. This tells the chip to drop it - as per the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The logic for testing auto load failure in rtl8xxxu_auto_llt_table()
was inverted.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To match the flow of the vendor driver, move the LLT init to after the
firmware is started.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This reorganizes the device initialization to init page boundaries
before starting the firmware. This matches the flow in the 8192eu
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips can auto load the LLT table, it is no longer necessary to
build it manually in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements the rtl8192eu power on sequence, and splits it off
from the rtl8192cu/rtl8723au power on sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The rtl8192eu can handle 1024 byte block writes, unlike it's
predecessors (8192cu/8188cu).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This identifies the chip vendors correctly and also picks the correct
firmware for rtl8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is the start of 8192eu support. For now just detect the device
and parse the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add debugfs key (under CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS
configuration) to set/clear radar_debug_mode.
In this mode, the driver simply ignores radar
events (but prints them).
The fw is notified about this mode through
a special generic_cfg_feature command.
This mode is relevant only for ap mode. look for
it when initializing ap vif.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When working with AP + P2P, it's possible to get into
a state when the AP is in ROC (due to assiciating station)
while trying to ROC on the P2P interface.
Replace the WARN_ON with wl1271_error to avoid warnings
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In cfg80211 suspend handler, stop the netif queue and
wait until all the Tx queues become empty. Start the
queues in resume handler.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We met a problem of pm_suspend when repeated closing/opening the lid
on a Lenovo laptop (1/20 reproduce rate), below is the log:
[ 199.735876] PM: Entering mem sleep
[ 199.750516] e1000e: EEE TX LPI TIMER: 00000011
[ 199.856638] Trying to free nonexistent resource <000000000000d000-000000000000d0ff>
[ 201.753566] brcmfmac: brcmf_pcie_suspend: Timeout on response for entering D3 substate
[ 201.753581] pci_legacy_suspend(): brcmf_pcie_suspend+0x0/0x1f0 [brcmfmac] returns -5
[ 201.753585] dpm_run_callback(): pci_pm_suspend+0x0/0x160 returns -5
[ 201.753589] PM: Device 0000:04:00.0 failed to suspend async: error -5
Through debugging, we found when problem happens, it is not the device
fails to enter D3, but the signal D3_ACK comes too early to pass the
waitqueue_active() check.
Just like this:
brcmf_pcie_send_mb_data(devinfo, BRCMF_H2D_HOST_D3_INFORM);
// signal is triggered here
wait_event_timeout(devinfo->mbdata_resp_wait, devinfo->mbdata_completed,
BRCMF_PCIE_MBDATA_TIMEOUT);
So far I think it is safe to remove waitqueue_active check since there
is only one place to trigger this signal (sending
BRCMF_H2D_HOST_D3_INFORM). And it is not a problem calling wake_up
event earlier than calling wait_event.
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We accidentally return success instead of a negative error code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* fix AES-CMAC in AP mode (Johannes)
* adapt prints to new firmware API
* rx path improvements (Sara and Gregory)
* fixes for the thermal / cooling device code (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for GO uAPSD handling
* more code for the 9000 device family (Sara)
* infrastructure work for firmware notification (Chaya Rachel)
* improve association reliablity (Sara)
* runtime PM fixes
* fixes for ROC (HS2.0)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=j8++
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-03-09_2' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* update GSCAN capabilities (Ayala)
* fix AES-CMAC in AP mode (Johannes)
* adapt prints to new firmware API
* rx path improvements (Sara and Gregory)
* fixes for the thermal / cooling device code (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for GO uAPSD handling
* more code for the 9000 device family (Sara)
* infrastructure work for firmware notification (Chaya Rachel)
* improve association reliablity (Sara)
* runtime PM fixes
* fixes for ROC (HS2.0)
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. While at it, simplify the firmware support
conditional and move both conditions into the WARN() to make it
easier to undertand and use the unlikely() for both.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware/hardware only supports checking AES-CMAC on RX, not
using it on TX. For station mode this is fine, since it's the only
thing it will ever do. For AP mode, it never receives such frames,
but must be able to transmit them. This is currently broken since
we try to enable them for hardware crypto (for RX only) and then
treat them as TX_CMD_SEC_EXT, leading to FIFO underruns during TX
so the frames never go out to the air.
To fix this, simply use software on TX in AP (and IBSS) mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Newer firmware versions put different data in the memory
which is read by the driver upon firmware crash. Just
change the variable names in the code and the name of the
data in the log that we print withouth any functional
change.
On older firmware, there will be a mismatch between the
names that are printed and the content itself, but that's
harmless.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When trying to reach high Rx throughput of more than 500Mbps on
a device with a relatively weak CPU (Atom x5-Z8500), CPU utilization
may become a bottleneck. Analysis showed that we are looping in
iwl_pcie_rx_handle for very long periods which led to starvation
of other threads (iwl_pcie_rx_handle runs with _bh disabled).
We were handling Rx and allocating new buffers and the new buffers
were ready quickly enough to be available before we had finished
handling all the buffers available in the hardware. As a
consequence, we called iwl_pcie_rxq_restock to refill the hardware
with the new buffers, and start again handling new buffers without
exiting the function. Since we read the hardware pointer again when
we goto restart, new buffers were handled immediately instead of
exiting the function.
This patch avoids refilling RBs inside rx handling loop, unless an
emergency situation is reached. It also doesn't read the hardware
pointer again unless we are in an emergency (unlikely) case.
This significantly reduce the maximal time we spend in
iwl_pcie_rx_handle with _bh disabled.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_tcool_get_cur_state is the function that returns the
cooling state index to the sysfs handler. This function returns
mvm->cooling_dev.cur_state but that variable was set to the
budget and not the cooling state index. Fix that.
Add a missing blank line while at it.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We need to track the next packet that we will reclaim in
order to know when the Tx queues are empty. This is useful
when we open or tear down an A-MPDU session which requires
to switch queue.
The next packet being reclaimed is identified by its WiFi
sequence number and this is relevant only when we use QoS.
QoS NDPs do have a TID but have a meaningless sequence
number. The spec mandates the receiver to ignore the
sequence number in this case, allowing the transmitter to
put any sequence number. Our implementation leaves it 0.
When we reclaim a QoS NDP, we can't update the next_relcaim
counter since the sequence number of the QoS NDP itself is
invalid.
We used to update the next_reclaim based on the sequence
number of the QoS NDP which reset it to 1 (0 + 1) and
because of this, we never knew when the queue got empty.
This had to sad consequence to stuck the A-MPDU state
machine in a transient state.
To fix this, don't update next_reclaim when we reclaim
a QoS NDP.
Alesya saw this bug when testing u-APSD. Because the
A-MPDU state machine was stuck in EMPTYING_DELBA, we
updated mac80211 that we still have frames for that
station when it got back to sleep. mac80211 then wrongly
set the TIM bit in the beacon and requested to release
non-existent frames from the A-MPDU queue. This led to
a situation where the client was trying to poll frames
but we had no frames to send.
Reported-by: Alesya Shapira <alesya.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
From 9000 family on, we need to get HW address from host
CSR registers.
OEM can override it by fusing the override registers - read
those first, and if those are 0 - read the OTP registers instead.
In addition - bail out if no valid mac address is present. Make
it shared for all NICs.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We kick the allocator when we have 2 RBDs that don't have
attached RBs, and the allocator allocates 8 RBs meaning
that it needs another 6 RBDs to attach the RBs to.
The design is that allocator should always have enough RBDs
to fulfill requests, so we give in advance 6 RBDs to the
allocator so that when it is kicked, it gets additional 2 RBDs
and has enough RBDs.
These RBDs were taken from the Rx queue itself, meaning
that each Rx queue didn't have the maximal number of
RBDs, but MAX - 6.
Change initial number of RBDs in the system to include both
queue size and allocator reserves.
Note the multi-queue is always 511 instead of 512 to avoid a
full queue since we cannot detect this state easily enough in
the 9000 arch.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When running async rx handler the framework holds the mvm->mutex
before starting the async handler, that might cause a deadlock in case
the handler calls to ops that lock the mutex as well.
Add support for running async rx handler without hold the mutex before
activating the handler.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when the FW sends start/stop aux roc time event
notification with an error status, the driver returns an
error value, but does not remove the time event, and does
not notify the stack above that the time event is over.
This causes problems that the stack above assumes we are still
in the middle of a time event, and therefore can block different
events, such as scanning.
On FW failure notification, cleanup the time event parameters and
notify the stack above that the time event is over.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our hardware de-aggregates AMSDUs but copies the mac header
as it to the de-aggregated MPDUs. We need to turn off the AMSDU
bit in the QoS control ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entries to get the ctdp budget average
and to stop ctdp.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The cw1200 uses #ifdef to check for CONFIG_PM, but then
uses SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS, which leaves the references out when
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is not defined, so we get a warning with
PM=y && PM_SLEEP=n:
drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_spi.c:450:12: error: 'cw1200_spi_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This removes the incorrect #ifdef and instead uses a __maybe_unused
annotation to let the compiler know it can silently drop
the function definition.
For the DEV_PM_OPS definition, we can use an IS_ENABLED() check
to avoid defining the structure when CONFIG_PM is not set without
the #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following warning:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rc.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rc.c:144 _rtl_rc_rate_set_series() warn: impossible condition '(wireless_mode == 256) => (0-255 == 256)'
This warning arises because commit acc6907b87a9 ("rtlwifi: Fix warning
from ieee80211_get_tx_rates() when using 5G") now checks the wireless
mode for WIRELESS_MODE_AC_ONLY (BIT(8)) in _rtl_rc_rate_set_series().
As a result, all quantities used to store the wireless mode must be u16.
This patch also reorders struct rtl_sta_info to save a little space.
Fixes: d76d65fd26 ("rtlwifi: fix broken VHT support")
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Check and set Rx MAC timestamp when firmware indicates it.
Firmware adds it in Rx beacon frame only at this moment.
Driver and mac80211 may utilize it to detect such clockdrift
or beacon collision and use the result for beacon collision
avoidance.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Until now only WMI originating mgmt frames were
reported to mac80211. Management frames on HTT
were basically dropped (except frames which looked
like management but had FCS error).
To allow sniffing all frames (including offloaded
frames) without interfering with mac80211
operation and states a new rx_flag was introduced
and is not being used to distinguish frames and
classify them for mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
iwlwifi
* free firmware paging memory when the module is unloaded or device removed
* fix pending frames counter to fix an issue when removing stations
ssb
* fix a build problem related to ssb_fill_sprom_with_fallback()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJW2bUaAAoJEG4XJFUm622bfrAH/jy7VHux59vq30TGhNwBZKWi
Klgx4KPhv93kS9pj6eSN5QdSQ9JeYtSryo9d+isy/T77z3phrmmOPyjBbgWRm3eV
RGUccrhvpNRRoLhdNX2r6ubbwJ8MU3w/CIEK9RO16hxKu6XPqP1U9sfoxqQ7hswH
DKeTeu7nMfahe9923amo2wgSDkad14V8EaX009JHsh61QPyLF3QG8670PLwU2uFI
j4ThpMNBrgBsbtIr8qPfGDu1SvDClKhAIRjdCIylRRX3QScNfT81491N+uJafcyM
d4xiPyFFXzNtaYqYYVfN8DzJGseCI63wHN7KmzB405mAs9ciA2263GIen7ySXvg=
=LfgZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-03-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.5
iwlwifi
* free firmware paging memory when the module is unloaded or device removed
* fix pending frames counter to fix an issue when removing stations
ssb
* fix a build problem related to ssb_fill_sprom_with_fallback()
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fixes for 9000 devices data path (Sara Sharon)
* improvements in scheduled scan w/o profiles (Luca)
* new firmware support (-21.ucode)
* add MSIX support for 9000 devices (Haim Dreyfuss)
* cleanup in PCIe initialization
* enable MU-MIMO and take care of firmware restart(Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for large SKBs in mvm to reach A-MSDU
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for filtering frames from a BA session (Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* start implementing the new Rx path for 9000 devices (Sara Sharon)
* enable the new RRM feature flag (Beni Lev)
* fix U-APSD enablement on P2P Client (Avri Altman)
* fix beacon abort enablement (Avri Altman)
* forbid beacon storing with WoWLAN (Matti Gottlieb)
* support unified uSniffer / regular firmware image (Golan Ben-Ami)
* fix a race between debugfs hooks and iface up (Chaya Rachel Ivgi)
* fixes for runtime PM (Luca)
* add a new module paramater to disable VHT (Andrei Otcheretianski)
* build infrastructure for Dynamic Queue Allocation (Liad Kaufman)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJW1pfvAAoJEC0Llv5uNjIB3ycP/15AJ0U+NxNjRzuMG3IJH9SD
aU8ciy+kWhwXLbla5dVOIOOuLit/fHwhwPUk00E7kw0kuYBVFPWdfaePEHHhbxls
0/VGHNYrrnB7lFWvBn3eYE/99ufQ/hmT0ilcJzla/OaL8atmhRXf/MXd3e78hpF7
IGmRh9j6hPa8/3UD0gwsxeQRx+XflCIf6Ef0ZNGO8IMM/KgnHj9Xk6yN8qgQdf7E
jHbaYux8P2SVBlrw9gbPfZ24BTmuHc9xx4sa/8uCJmlMQ730LfpR3Q3VAS9T5ss0
id115MLs/RhwmEu4PHXUIc5/5o7ZFXh2FuhCOnLZECPC5WFwCwL6tf7cdZRUj+qT
9/uoy4FnVzUZCbxvF8VBxRIR7b9Ap7zN7hR/Bwgx1hJrm7OC6pUhgXnZL/bxwKqQ
CW9n0tddyRvwq4E9R9gRdHW1qApZYlIEX0yEUIsDFICRSkRBq7mUgHjSHfChBnxj
gUSK2pF7xLgHrUqRxX+9EAMHtDel+iZvX4iEnkE3P+vjv22raUwT0Ev1Qh928spS
MwGIUt0aelwG5Gl40rxbESamwqNQI+YwnwacZA4QE2xDZdkSZqXtCKj1fsOc2ki/
LRwCGTyPLGszq1du6GksEMiXrpI7HLOG5GOMlrxOUMWW4N77R0J/3/TQHreH3IMF
tPapAy+7X9qSbPgUb7fi
=b5Ae
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-03-02' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* add support for thermal device / cooling device (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for 9000 devices data path (Sara Sharon)
* improvements in scheduled scan w/o profiles (Luca)
* new firmware support (-21.ucode)
* add MSIX support for 9000 devices (Haim Dreyfuss)
* cleanup in PCIe initialization
* enable MU-MIMO and take care of firmware restart(Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for large SKBs in mvm to reach A-MSDU
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for filtering frames from a BA session (Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* start implementing the new Rx path for 9000 devices (Sara Sharon)
* enable the new RRM feature flag (Beni Lev)
* fix U-APSD enablement on P2P Client (Avri Altman)
* fix beacon abort enablement (Avri Altman)
* forbid beacon storing with WoWLAN (Matti Gottlieb)
* support unified uSniffer / regular firmware image (Golan Ben-Ami)
* fix a race between debugfs hooks and iface up (Chaya Rachel Ivgi)
* fixes for runtime PM (Luca)
* add a new module paramater to disable VHT (Andrei Otcheretianski)
* build infrastructure for Dynamic Queue Allocation (Liad Kaufman)
If the allocation of ivp fails the error handling attempts to
free an uninitialized dma_buf; this data structure just contains
garbage on the stack, so the freeing will cause issues when the
urb, buf and dma fields are free'd. Fix this by not free'ing the
dma_buf if the ivp allocation fails.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes the missing spaces issue in coding style.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes spaces before commas issue in coding style.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes the incorrect indentation of the case label.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add USB ID 0411:01fd for Buffalo WLI-UC-G450 wireless adapter,
RT chipset 3593
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wong <anthony.wong@ubuntu.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
multiport address flag(0x1000) should not be set during sdio cmd53,
if we have only one packet to read/write.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch sdio multi port aggregation statistics which can be
used for debugging. This debug data is collected in
/sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/debug.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch corrects the error case in association path by returning
-1. Earlier "media_connected" used to remain on in this error case
causing failure for further association attempts.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Fixes: b887664d88 ('mwifiex: channel switch handling for station')
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is observed that driver may send the data packet to tdls peer
before tdls peer receives tdls setup confirm frame.
Similar race condition exists during tdls teardown procedure also.
This patch adds 10 milliseconds delay to resolve the race.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
passing rtl_stats by value is inefficient; the structure is over 300
bytes in size and generally just one field (packet_report_type)
is being accessed, so the pass by value is a relatively large overhead.
This change just affects just the rx_command_packet calls.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need in usb_put_dev() if at76_load_internal_fw() succeed.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce the use of to_delayed_work() helper function instead of open
coding it with container_of()
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch used to make
this change is:
//<smpl>
@@
expression a;
symbol work;
@@
- container_of(a, struct delayed_work, work)
+ to_delayed_work(a)
//</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add full support for both AP and STA for management frame protection.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.van@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
brcmf_add_keyext is called when a key is configured for a specific
mac address. This function is very similar to the calling function
brcmf_add_key. Integrate this function and also use existing del_key
function in case key is to be cleared.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.van@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Merge module parameters and platform data in one struct. This is the
last step to move to the new platform data per device. Now parameters
of platform data will be merged with module parameters per device.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Platform data is only available for sdio. With this patch a new
platform data structure is being used which allows for platform
data for any device and configurable per device. This patch only
switches to the new structure and adds support for SDIO devices.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently ARP and ND (IPv6 Neigbor Discovery) offload get disabled
on entering suspend. However when firmwares support the wowl_cap
iovar then these offload routines can be kept enabled as they
will work during WOWL as well.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation of module parameters for all devices the module
platform data retrieval is moved from sdio to common. It is still
only used for sdio devices.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for gtk rekeying offload and for gtk
rekeying failure during wowl mode.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation of module parameters for all devices the module init
and exit routines are moved to the common file.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When keys get set and updated this has to happen after eapol got
transmitted (without key or old key) before the key can be updated.
To make sure the order of sending eapol and configuring key is done
correctly a timeout for tx of eapol is applied. This timeout is set
to 50 msec, which is not always enough. Especially in AP mode and
key updates the timeout may need to be much longer because client(s)
can be in powersave. Increase the timeout from 50 to 950 msec.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCIE bus driver supports older gen1 (v1) chips, but there is no
actual device which is using this older pcie core which is supported
by brcmfmac. Remove all gen1 related code.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A newer version of the 4366 PCIE chip has been released. Add
support for this version of the chip.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCIE bar1 window size is specified by chip. Currently the
ioremap of bar1 was using a define which always matched the size
of bar1, but newer chips can have a different bar1 sizes. With
this patch the ioremap will be called with the by chip provided
window size.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer type pcie devices have memory which get shared between fw and
hw. The division of this memory is done firmware compile time. As a
result the ramsize as used by driver needs to be adjusted for this.
This is done by reading the memory size from the firmware.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The return value of iovar set function should be saved and checked.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Configure ipv6 address for neighbor discovery offload ip table in
firmware obtained through ipv6 address notification callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add additional length checks on firmware events to create more
robust code.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Country code configuration in a device is a device specific
operation. For this the country code as specified by reg notifier
(iso3166 alpha2) needs to be translated to a device specific
country locale and revision number. This patch adds this
translation and puts a placeholder in the device specific settings
where the translation table can be stored. Additional patches will
be needed to read these tables from for example device platform
data.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some cases wiphy->wowlan could be NULL if firmware doesn't have the
support. Driver should check for support before walking down the feature
flags.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some systems have problems with allocating memory allocation larger
then 64K. Often on unload/load or suspend/resume a failure is
reported: Could not allocate wiphy device. This patch makes the
escan intermediate storage buf dynamically allocated, and smaller
than 64K.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Dropping the '_timeout' from the function name as the fact that a timeout
value is passed makes it obvious a timeout is used. Also helps to keep code
lines a bit shorter and easier to stick to 80 char boundary.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Routine rtl_addr_delay() uses delay statements in code that can
sleep. To improve system responsiveness, the various delay statements
are changed.
In addition, routines rtl_rfreg_delay() and rtl_bb_delay() are
rewritten to use the code in rtl_addr_delay() for most of their
input values.
Suggested-by: Byeoungwook Kim <quddnr145@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Import new headers from my firmware branch:
<https://github.com/chunkeey/carl9170fw>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The buffer needs to be zero terminated in case the user data is not.
Otherwise we run off the end of the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When driver rtl8821ae is loaded but not connected to any AP, it logs
a "firmware not ready to run" message roughly once a minute. To
eliminate logging this massage under normal debug conditions, the
degug level needed to print this message is increased.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Before authentication, we start a time event during
which we wait for a beacon in order to sync our timers.
If we didn't hear the beacon during this time - we abandon
the connection. However, in congested environment, it was
observed we might not hear beacons in that time slot.
Extend the time event to give the connection a better chance.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The amsdu enum values are off by 1 bit. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The call to iwl_mvm_thermal_initialize() was too early in the
function.
Unregister will be performed when goto out_unregister is called,
but as the code was - out_free may be called and leave without
unregistering from thermal.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It makes it slightly easier to follow. Pass the pointer to
the transport which allows to read WFMP_MAC_ADDR_X register
only when needed and to use IWL_ERR instead of the less
commonly used IWL_ERR_DEV logger macro.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add module parameter oob_mode. Takes effect the next time
the interface is brought up and FW is loaded. Puts the FW
in special "out of the box" (OOB) mode which is used for
diagnostics and certification.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When starting a PCP, pass the is_go flag to firmware in
wmi_pcp_start. This flag indicates whether we started
a PCP which is also a GO(P2P group owner) or just a regular
PCP.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When FW crashed with no_fw_recovery mode enabled, user space
could still call wil_cfg80211_change_iface quickly to change
interface type, and this would cause recovery to proceed and
FW crash logs may be lost.
Fix this problem by not resetting the FW in case no_fw_recovery
is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix a debug message related to IOCTL that was incorrectly logged
with the MISC category, and move it inside wil_ioctl so it will
always be logged even if we call wil_ioctl from other places.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix 2 race conditions found during test runs of P2P discovery:
1. Because wil_p2p_cancel_listen was not protected, user space
could start a new P2P listen/search before wmi_stop_discovery
completed. This caused a crash in the firmware.
2. In P2P listen, when listen timer expires and user space calls
cancel_remain_on_channel at the same time, code could send the
cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired notification twice.
Added protections with wil->mutex to several places that call
wmi_stop_discovery.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Added support for the P2P_DEVICE virtual interface. This interface
is intended for P2P management operations such as discovery and
GO negotiation. Normally it is implemented by drivers to allow
a separate interface for P2P management with its own MAC address,
but for 11ad drivers it is needed to support P2P search, since it
cannot otherwise be separated from normal scan.
Since we only support a single interface/MAC address, we can't
easily separate between primary and P2P_DEVICE interfaces.
For example when a management packet arrives we can't tell for
which interface it is intended. To work around this, we store
a pointer to the interface where the last "radio operation" was
triggered such as scan or remain on channel, and we forward
management packets and scan results to this interface.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
supporting p2p_find, p2p_listen and p2p_connect
Use updated cfg80211_get_bss API (additional argument)
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the ability to notify the platform driver on different
events, such as FW crash, pre reset and FW ready.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
For example, stations inside a PBSS can communicate directly, and
the PCP role can be transferred between stations.
This change adds PBSS support, and has 2 main parts:
1. When starting an AP, add an option to start as a PCP instead.
This is implemented by a new PBSS flag which is passed as part of
the cfg80211_ap_settings structure.
2. When connecting to a BSS, add an option to connect to a PCP
instead of an AP. This is again implemented by a new PBSS flag,
added to the cfg80211_connect_params structure.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Switch to auto-generated version of wmi.h which is maintained
by FW team. This will allow better sync between teams in the
future and avoid bugs because of unexpected API changes.
The wmi.h will have many differences but most are cosmetic.
It also includes these real differences:
1. is_go parameter added to BCON_CTRL and START_PCP commands.
2. max_rx_pl_per_desc added to CFG_RX_CHAIN command.
3. various small API updates that are not currently used by
driver.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for discovery mode during scan. When discovery mode
is active, station transmits special beacons while scanning.
This can optimize the scan mainly when there is only one AP/PCP
around.
Discovery mode is implicitly used by firmware during P2P search.
Since there is currently no use case where user space has a
reason to directly control discovery mode, we expose it only
through a debugfs flag.
Also fix name confusion in the wmi_scan_type enumeration.
The type previously called WMI_LONG_SCAN is actually
WMI_ACTIVE_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
MAC address of wil6210 was not set in wiphy
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wmi_evt_connect doesn't check if the connect event is received for
an already connected station.
This can lead to memory leak as a new vring is allocated without
freeing the previously allocated vring and to unexpected behavior
of nl80211 layer due to unexpected notification of a new station.
Add a check in wmi_evt_connect in AP mode to verify that the requested
CID is not associated to an already connected station.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WMI synchronous handling has changed and WMI calls that provide
a buffer for the reply are completed in the WMI interrupt context.
This allows sending the RX and TX BACK commands from the WMI event
handler without the need for the worker thread.
This is a better approach as it can decrease the handshake time
in the connect flow and prevent race conditions in case of fast
disconnects. An example for such a race is handling of wil_back_rx_handle
during a disconnect event, as wil_back_rx_handle is not protected by
the wil mutex and a disconnect can be handled after sta->status is
verified as connected.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal zone device registration can fail, and in this case
we don't want to remove WiFi functionality. This is why the
thermal zone registration function is void, and the flows
continue even if the thermal zone device registration failed.
Same applies for the cooling device.
This means that we at least need to remember that the thermal
zone device didn't register properly and take the minimal
precautions to avoid panic'ing when we access it.
This was missing.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
128 byte chunk size is supported only on PCIe and not
on IOSF. For now, change it back to 64 byte.
Reported-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Change the code to move rxbs directly from the allocator's
list to the queue's free list. This makes the code more
readable, saves the interim array and the double loop over
the free RBs.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The pci driver keeps any unbound device in active state and forbids
runtime PM. When our driver gets probed, we take control of the
state. When the device is released (i.e. during unbind or module
removal), we should return the state to what it was before. To do so,
we need to forbid RTPM in the driver remove op.
Additionally, remove an unnecessary pm_runtime_disable() call, move
the initial ref_count setting to a better place and add some comments
explaining what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
commit 166de3f189 ("ath10k: remove supported chain mask") had revealed
an issue on monitor mode. Configuring NSS upon monitor interface
creation is causing target assert in all qca9888x and qca6174 firmware.
Firmware assert issue can be reproduced by below sequence even after
reverting commit 166de3f189 ("ath10k: remove supported chain mask").
ip link set wlan0 down
iw wlan0 set type monitor
iw phy0 set antenna 7
ip link set wlan0 up
This issue is originally reported on qca9888 with 10.1 firmware.
Fixes: 5572a95b4b ("ath10k: apply chainmask settings to vdev on creation")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The number of HTT Tx descriptors and qcache peer
limit aren't hw-specific. In fact they are
firmware specific and should not be placed in
hw_params.
The QCA4019 limits were submitted with the peer
flow control firmware only and to my understanding
there's no non-peer-flow-ctrl QCA4019 firmware.
However QCA99X0 is planned to run firmware
supporting the feature as well. Therefore this
patch enables QCA99X0 to use 2500 tx descriptors
whenever possible instead of just 1424.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA4019 can queue up to 2500 frames at a time.
This means it requires roughly 5000 entires on the
ring to work properly. Otherwise random tx failure
may occur.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The current/old tx path design was that host, at
its own leisure, pushed tx frames to the device.
For HTT there was ~1000-1400 msdu queue depth.
After reaching that limit the driver would request
mac80211 to stop queues. There was little control
over what packets got in there as far as
DA/RA was considered so it was rather easy to
starve per-station traffic flows.
With MU-MIMO this became a significant problem
because the queue depth was insufficient to buffer
frames from multiple clients (which could have
different signal quality and capabilities) in an
efficient fashion.
Hence the new tx path in 10.4 was introduced: a
pull-push mode.
Firmware and host can share tx queue state via
DMA. The state is logically a 2 dimensional array
addressed via peer_id+tid pair. Each entry is a
counter (either number of bytes or packets. Host
keeps it updated and firmware uses it for
scheduling Tx pull requests to host.
This allows MU-MIMO to become a lot more effective
with 10+ clients.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware 10.4.3 onwards can support a pull-push Tx
model where it shares a Tx queue state with the
host.
The host updates the DMA region it pointed to
during HTT setup whenever number of software
queued from (on host) changes. Based on this
information firmware issues fetch requests to the
host telling the host how many frames from a list
of given stations/tids should be submitted to the
firmware.
The code won't be called because not all
appropriate HTT events are processed yet.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements very basic support for software
queueing. It also contains some knobs that will be
patched later.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This merely adds some parsing, generation and
sanity checks with placeholders for real
code/functionality to be added later.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The pull-push functionality of 10.4 will be based
on peer_id and tid. These will need to be mapped,
eventually, to ieee80211_txq to be used with
ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
Iterating over existing stations every time
peer_id needs to be mapped to a station would be
inefficient wrt CPU time.
The new firmware, which will be the only user of
the code flow-wise, will guarantee to use low
peer_ids first so despite peer_map's apparent huge
size d-cache thrashing should not be a problem.
Older firmware hot paths will effectively not use
peer_map.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The 10.4.3 firmware with congestion control
guarantees that each peer has only a single
peer_id mapping.
The 1:1 mapping isn't the case for older firmwares
(e.g. 10.4.1, 10.2, 10.1) but it should not
matter. This 1:1 mapping is going to be only used
by future code which inherently (flow-wise) is for
10.4.3.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx pending counter logic assumed that the sk_buff
is already known and hence was performed in HTT
functions themselves.
However, for the sake of future wake_tx_queue()
usage the driver must be able to tell whether it
can submit more frames to firmware before it
dequeues frame from ieee80211_txq (and thus long
before HTT Tx functions are called) because once a
frame is dequeued it cannot be requeud back to
mac80211.
This prepares the driver for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some future changes will need to determine final
tx method early on. Prepare the code.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prepares the code for future reuse with
ieee80211_txq and wake_tx_queue() in mind.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath.git patches for 4.6. Major changes:
ath10k
* dt: add bindings for ipq4019 wifi block
* start adding support for qca4019 chip
ath9k
* add device ID for Toshiba WLM-20U2/GN-1080
* allow more than one interface on DFS channels
Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function. Reset
function is straightforward, and will remove the unnecessary add
operation in set function.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
JP WiFi certification for bandwidth of channel 14 failed, the OBW
is lower than the requirement. Clear the bb filter calibration power
threshold to increase OBW(+2). The fix only for qca9531 chip now.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some configurations, this function uses more than the warning limit
of 1024 bytes:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ar9003_aic.c: In function 'ar9003_aic_cal_post_process':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ar9003_aic.c:434:1: error: the frame size of 1040 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
It turns out that there are two large arrays on the stack here, but
almost all the data in them is never used outside of the loop in
which it gets written, so we can replace the array with a single
instance.
The .valid flag is used later, so I'm replacing the array of structures
with an array of bools. An obvious follow-up optimization would be
to replace it with a bitmask and set_bit()/find_first_bit()/
find_last_bit()/... operations. However, I have not tested this patch,
so I sticked to the simpler transformation that does the job of
reducing the stack usage to a harmless level.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make NF load complete quickly and reliably. NF load execution
is delayed by HW to end of frame if frame Rx or Tx is ongoing.
Increasing timeout to max frame duration. If NF cal is ongoing
before NF load, stop it before load, and restart it afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
First check for the device state before enabling / disabling
btcoex, also return a proper error value. Enabling / disabling
btcoex ideally does a f/w + ath10k_core_restart so the checks
that are applicable for 'simulate_fw_crash' shall be applicable
for this as well
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To enable per peer stats feature we are reducing the number of peers.
Firmware has introduced tx stats feature. We have memory limitation in
firmware to add these additional bytes.
These are the new variables introduced in the firmware.
======== =======================
Variable Bytes required/per rate
======== =======================
TX success packets 1
TX failed packets 1
Retry packets 1
Success bytes 2
TX failed bytes 2
Retry bytes 2
Tx duration 4
Rate 1
Bw and AMPDU flags 1
Total 16 (because of allocation in word pattern)
Firmware sends these tx_stats in pktlog.
If we consider 4 feedbacks at a time, Frimware need about ~1K memory for coding
and 8192 bytes required / per rate [ 4*16*128(peers)].
To accommodate this firmware needs to reduce 10 peers.
This fixes a firmware crash with firmware-5.bin_10.2.4.70.22-2.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
On multicore systems, it is possible that txrx tasket can run
in parallel with pci tasklet (i.e smp affinity of ath10k irq is
assigned to multiple CPUs). Feeding and consuming from the same
rx completion list leads to txrx tasklet runs for longer period.
Prevent this by processing a snapshot of rx queue by moving list
into temporary list. Consecutive received frames will be processed
in next batch.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Received frame indications are queued into a skb list and latest
processed by txrx tasklet. This skb queue is protected by htt rx lock.
Since the entire rx processing till delivering frame to mac80211 and
replenish tasks are processed under rx_lock protection, there might be
some delay in queuing newly received rx frame into that list on
multicore systems. Optimize this by using skb list lock while accessing
rx completion queue instead of htt rx lock.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ath10k_pci_hif_exchange_bmi_msg() function may return the positive
value EIO instead of -EIO in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Anton Protopopov <a.s.protopopov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
pktlog data is different between firmware variants (eg. 10.2 vs 10.4). To
have a unified user space script to decode pktlog trace events generated,
it is desirable to know which firmware variant has provided the events and
thereby decode the pktlogs appropriately. Hardware revision (hw_rev) helps
to determine the firmware variant sending these trace events. So add hw_rev
to trace events.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently, we are providing wrong payload data of pktlog to trace points.
Data we receive from FW through copy engine 8 contains pktlog data alone.
We don't need to parse anything in driver before handing it to trace
points.
Fixes: afb0bf7f53 ("ath10k: add support for pktlog in QCA99X0")
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
We periodically receive f/w stats event for updating
the rx duration and there is no reason to keep on appending
the f/w stats peer list, as this gets completely cleaned up when
the user polls for f/w stats {pdev, vdev, peer stats}. Only don't
print the warning message in the case PEER_STATS service is enabled
Fixes: 856e7c3 ("ath10k: add debugfs support for Per STA total rx duration")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a wrapper function to allow stopping SW queues from MVM
as well.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If d0i3 is supported, we have released the initial transport reference
in iwl_op_mode_mvm_start(), so we should take it back in
iwl_op_mode_mvm_stop() to keep it balanced.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If d0i3 is not supported by the firmware (or if it's disabled via
module parameters) we shouldn't release the initial transport
reference, so that we won't enter runtime suspend.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Do not allow entrance into DQA flows until feature is
completely ready and merged.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In 9000 series A0 step the closed_rb_num is not wrapping around
properly. The queue is wrapping around as it should, so we can
W/A it by wrapping the closed_rb_num in the driver.
While at it, extend RX logging and add error handling of other
cases HW values may cause us to access invalid memory locations.
Add also a proper masking of vid value read from HW - this should
not have actual affect, but better to be on the safe side.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Leaving ucode_loaded to true after stop_device() has been called
is a recipe for problems. Flows that are not sync'ed with the
driver life cycle (like debugfs hooks and thermal hooks) must
check that the firmware is loaded before they interact with it.
Therefore we need to keep this variable updated with the real
status of the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Till today, the ucode consisted of two d0 images - regular,
in which the usniffer wasn't enabled, and usniffer, in which the
usniffer logs were enabled.
Lately, the two images were unified, so there is only one d0 image,
in which the usniffer logs are enabled.
Add new TLV capability for supporting the consolidated images
(set 2, bit 13).
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when entering D3 with WOWLAN configured, we enable in the
configuration flags beacon storing, and do not disable beacon
filtering, and do not wake up from a magic packet.
Having both enabled is wrong (should not have both enabled),
and causes problems in the RX queues in the FW, causing
the FW not to recognize the magic packet when it comes.
Disable beacon storing in wowlan configuration.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
To ensure that the SNAP/TCP/IP headers are DW aligned, the firmware
may add 2-byte pad at the end of the mac header - after the IV, before
the SNAP.
In that case the mpdu descriptor pad bit will be turned on.
Driver should take it into consideration, and remove the padding before
passing the packet to mac80211. Do that.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Beacon abort (ba) is set while sending power command, but only
after at least one beacon_filter command was successfully sent.
If we heard a beacon before starting association, this order
is maintained and ba is properly set.
However, if the first beacon is received after association,
we send the power command upon association, configure the
beacon filtering when the first beacon arrives, and in that case,
beacon abort is not set.
So identify this, and send a power command post the beacon_filter
command if needed.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Older versions of the firmware don't support U-APSD for
P2P Client. Forbid U-APSD for P2P Client when an old
firmware is being used.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow to publish RRM capabilities without the need to support a minimal
capability set. Since some RRM features(e.g. neighbor report) are fw
independent, set this capability unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
* Remove uneeded includes:
iwl-csr.h and devcoredump aren't used in mac80211.c.
* Remove uneeded empty line
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the device is in d0i3/d3 we will not receive the VHT
MU-MIMO group id management frame. Instead, firmware will
notify us upon exit on the current status and we can in turn
update mac80211. Support this notification.
While at it, also check as a precaution that the vif is indeed
the VHT MU-MIMO owner before updating the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Commit 69c7fda409 removed the
users of iwl_mvm_tid_data.reduced_tpc. Due to a conflict,
I forgot to commit the hunk that removed the field itself.
Do this know.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In multi rx queue HW, without execessive locking, there is no sync
between the ctrl path (default queue) and the rest of the rx queues.
This might cause issues on certain situations. For example, in case
a delBA was processed on a default queue but out of order packets
still wait for processing on the other queue.
The solution is to introduce internal messaging between the CTRL path
and the other rx queues.
The driver will send a message to the firmware, which will echo it to
all the requested queues. The message will be in order inside the queue.
This way we can avoid CTRL path and RSS queues races.
Add support for this messaging mechanism. As the firmware is agnostic to
the data sent, add internal representation of the data as well.
Although currently only delBA flow will use it, the internal representation
will enable generic use of this infrastructure for future uses.
Next patch will utilize this messaging mechanism for the reorder buffer
delBA flow.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Next hardware will direct TCP/UDP streams to different cores.
Packets belonging to the same stream will be directed to the same
core.
The result is that duplicates will be always directed to the same
rx queue were the first packet was received.
This enabled parallelizing the duplicate packet detection across
the different cores, without sharing data between the rx queues.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
With these ops, we can know when we are about to enter system suspend.
This allows us to exit D0i3 state before entering suspend.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fine tune RFH registers further:
* Set default queue explicitly
* Set RFH to drop frames exceeding RB size
* Set the maximum rx transfer size to DRAM to 128 instead of 64
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
During d0i3 frames might be filtered by the FW and this may
cause reordering buffer a delay - as the frames will not be
received and reorder will time out.
Introduce an API function to receive notification of filtered
frames and pass the information to the mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When forming IBSS, mac80211 scans in order to find an already
existing cell to join.
In case the scan does not find any existing cell a new IBSS
cell is formed.
When receiving the beacons of another IBSS cell we should
merge if the other IBSS cell's TSF is higher than ours.
However, currently iwlmvm does not set any timestamp flag in
rx_status so there is no valid rx timestamp to compare the
beacon's TSF to.
The reason for that is that TSF as indicated by the firmware
is at INA time, but up till now mac80211 expected the TSF at
the beginning or end of the MPDU.
Set the flag to the newly added RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START flag.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Current iwlwifi_trace_dev_rx prints only the cmd without the
group, which might be misleading. Change it to print the wide
id. While at it add the DATA_PATH group and sub commands to the
trace of the command names, sine it is missing due to patches
submitted in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The A-MSDU must be smaller than the Transmit FIFO in the
device. Since the size of the TXF can change depending
on the device / firmware compilation mode, take the size
of the FIFO dynamically from the what the firmware tells us.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
in order to be able to tune the size of the desired A-MSDU
based on link condition, add a knob to modify the length
of the A-MSDU.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that PCIe knows how to create A-MSDUs, use this
capability and prepare SKBs that are large enough to
build an A-MSDU.
Advertise TSO support towards the network stack and
segment the packet with gso_size set to be the maximal
A-MSDU length (after having taken the headers to be added
into account) to make sure that the skb that is passed
down to the transport are not longer than the maximal
A-MSDU allowed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware handles the VHT MU-MIMO group data on its own.
However, on HW restart (and future sniffer mode) the driver
shall update the firmware on the VHT MU-MIMO group membership
status.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Incoming hardware will support VHT MU-MIMO. Declare this
capability for relevant hardware.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Working with MSIX requires prior configuration.
This includes requesting interrupt vectors from the OS,
registering the vectors and mapping the optional causes to the
relevant interrupt. In addition add new interrupt handler
to handle MSIX interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of waking up the device each time we write a
register, wake it up once, and writes the registers
at once.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Klocwork is unhappy as ht_vht_rates might be accessed with
rate->index being set to values between 0 and 3 which will
lead to accessing uninitialized array elements. Effectively this
doesn't happen as in HT/VHT we're not using these rate indices.
Still fix this.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware doesn't send match found notifications when no matchsets
are passed. This makes sense because if there are no matchsets,
nothing can be matched. But the nl80211 API should report when there
are results available, even if no matchsets were passed.
To handle this, we can use the firmware's ITERATION_COMPLETE
reporting, which will send us notifications every time it completed a
scheduled scan iteration. Then we can set a flag when we received
beacons and use that to report that results are available.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These are a few fixes for the current cycle.
3 out of the 5 patches fix a bugzilla.
* fix a race that users reported when we try to load the firmware
and the hardware rfkill interrupt triggers at the same time.
* Luca fixes a very visible bug in scheduled scan: our firmware
doesn't support scheduled scan with no profile configured and
the supplicant sometimes requests such scheduled scans.
* build system fix
* firmware name update for 8265
* typo fix in return value
The initialization and copying of the RSS secret key
should not use ARRAY_SIZE as we need to initialize a
dword array, and not a byte array.
Fix also the hook maximum write size to allow writing
a longer table - up to full indirection table size.
Fixes: 43413a975d06("iwlwifi: mvm: support rss queues configuration command")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The 9000 series uses a diffrent sized descriptor. Update the
relevant tracing field.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Register cooling device in order to have the Thermal
Manager handle the device's power budget according to the sent
notifications.
The interface adds a new thermal cooling device to
/sys/class/thermal/ folder.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Register to thermal_zone interface and implement the
thermal ops.
The thermal handles the device throttling, and sets the
the temperature thresholds the Thermal Manager would be
notified of crossing.
The thermal interface adds a new thermal zone device sensor
under /sys/class/thermal/ folder.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Up to today the driver was notified of the temperature from the FW
and decided whether to enter CT-kill or not.
From now on, the FW will decide when to enter CT-kill and will notify
the driver.
Add support for this notification.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
* We forgot to free the paging memory (Matti)
* Fix the frames in flight accounting (Liad)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=hdNJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2016-02-25' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
Two fixes for 4.5:
* We forgot to free the paging memory (Matti)
* Fix the frames in flight accounting (Liad)
We are not updating peer stats rx_duration periodically
unless the user one polls for fw_stats, this is because
we discard the update event since pdev list is empty. Fix
this by updating rx duration periodically irrepective of checks
for pdev list (irrespective of ping-pong response)
Fixes: 856e7c3 ("ath10k: add debugfs support for Per STA total rx duration")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
len has been initialized with a value of 0 and buf_len with 4096. There
is no way that this condition (len > buf_len) can be true now.
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip@vectorindia.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are several copies of the 5G channel tables in this driver. These
are removed so that the tables in the core will be used. This change
also removes a useless message of "Channel 163 in Group not found".
The number of possible 5G channels was reduced from 54 to a better
value of 49 during the conversion.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver defines its own set of channel tables for the 5G band. With
this change, it will use those of the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver defines its owh copy of the 5G channels. Change it to use
the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are 3 drivers in this family that have 5G radios. Each of them
defines local copies of the available channels. This patch adds the
two arrays to the core driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We recently added an indent level here but missed this line. It needs
another tab.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Calling synchronize_irq() right before free_irq() is quite useless. On one
hand the IRQ can easily fire again before free_irq() is entered, on the
other hand free_irq() itself calls synchronize_irq() internally (in a race
condition free way), before any state associated with the IRQ is freed.
Patch was generated using the following semantic patch:
// <smpl>
@@
expression irq;
@@
-synchronize_irq(irq);
free_irq(irq, ...);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Calling synchronize_irq() right before free_irq() is quite useless. On one
hand the IRQ can easily fire again before free_irq() is entered, on the
other hand free_irq() itself calls synchronize_irq() internally (in a race
condition free way), before any state associated with the IRQ is freed.
Patch was generated using the following semantic patch:
// <smpl>
@@
expression irq;
@@
-synchronize_irq(irq);
free_irq(irq, ...);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
New generation devices have firmware which has more than 256 flowrings.
E.g. following debugging message comes from 14e4:4365 BCM4366:
[ 194.606245] brcmfmac: brcmf_pcie_init_ringbuffers Nr of flowrings is 264
At various code places (related to flowrings) we were using u8 which
could lead to storing wrong number or infinite loops when indexing with
this type. This issue was quite easy to spot in brcmf_flowring_detach
where it led to infinite loop e.g. on failed initialization.
This patch switches code to proper types and increases the maximum
number of supported flowrings to 512.
Originally this change was sent in September 2015, but back it was
causing a regression on BCM43602 resulting in:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address ...
The reason for this regression was missing update (s/u8/u16) of struct
brcmf_flowring_ring. This problem was handled in 9f64df9 ("brcmfmac: Fix
bug in flowring management."). Starting with that it's safe to apply
this original patch as it doesn't cause a regression anymore.
This patch fixes an infinite loop on BCM4366 which is supported since
4.4 so it makes sense to apply it to stable 4.4+.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.4+
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips have RF registers beyond the original 0x3f address.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All chips, except for 8812 require BIT(0) for resetting the MCU IO
wrapper. 8723b requires a more complicated reset sequence, so it will
need a custom reset function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
mac80211 documentation says, the ieee80211_ops.start callback "must turn on
frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)". If not a single
monitor interface does not receive data frames.
Similarly we should not change the data reception based on the association
state.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add comments describing how REG_RXFLTMAP0, REG_RXFLTMAP1 and REG_RXFLTMAP2
work.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Monitor mode is enabled by handling the filter flags we get from mac80211 in
rtl8xxxu_configure_filter() and writing them to the RCR register.
By handling the filters, we can also stop setting the BSSID filters in the
association event.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8192cu driver doesn't read/write the REG_EFUSE_TEST register.
Neither does the rtl8188eu driver. Do it only for multifunc devices
RTL8723AU/RTL8723BU.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was a leftover from the vendor driver that was never utilized.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We need to reset the 8051 in order for it to launch the fw on the
rtl8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rtl8xxxu_load_firmware() check the return value of kmemdup() and
error out with -ENOMEM in case of NULL to prevent a NULL pointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the PNs of all the tx keys are now tracked in the public
part of the key struct (with atomic counter), we no longer
need these functions.
dvm and vt665{5,6} are currently the only users of these functions,
so update them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If protocol offloading is configured, the fw might generate some
frames (e.g. arp response) on its own during d3/d0i3.
On d3/d0i3 exit the driver queries the updated PN (if relevant),
and updates its keys (for the d0i3 case, this is done by
iwl_mvm_d0i3_exit_work(), which is scheduled on d0i3 exit)
While in d0i3, iwlmvm defers tx frames until d0i3 exit, and
then continues their processing.
This is problematic with TKIP, since the frame's PN has already
been set at this stage (in contrast to CCMP, where the PN is
being set only later on), so both the frame's PN and the upcoming
PN update (from d0i3 exit work) might be wrong.
Fix it by moving the TX PN assignment (for TKIP) to the driver,
similarly to CCMP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for 11ad devices.
Add support for PBSS by introducing a new PBSS flag attribute.
The PBSS flag is used in the START_AP command to request starting
a PCP instead of an AP, and in the CONNECT command to request
connecting to a PCP instead of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function here already has a variable hdr that even
contains the right thing, so the inner scope's hdr variable
that's shadowing the outer one can just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the opmode is stopped and started again we did not free
the paging buffers. Fix that.
In addition when freeing the firmware's paging download
buffer, set the pointer to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix broken VHT (802.11ac) support, reported by Linus
wlcore
* fix firmware initialisation regression on wl1271
iwlwifi
* fix a race that users reported when we try to load the firmware
and the hardware rfkill interrupt triggers at the same time
* fix a very visible bug in scheduled scan: the firmware
doesn't support scheduled scan with no profile configured and
the supplicant sometimes requests such scheduled scans
* build system fix to be able to link iwlwifi statically into kernel
* firmware name update for 8265
* typo fix in return value
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJWxeC3AAoJEG4XJFUm622b7TsIAKvQbraTnmKoZvhrNH3vS5nv
MHv08W7khkRtAeGN5pX6sg5+chOVm185TA7G8tRl9agBsht+ZHvXTx5wCjwRCW05
1I0+ONMxtPf6vAPuJ92K8A7vOtPSylK1X6CiahZzGqVBhry6fDqfvxCgVB1lwAot
Pa4LClwjCfpwpkwQ64EKMr+ByUMrWOW9ALaBSzx7WrBVIBjihKC8Gy7/jAGSEB+H
xQkaYC2e+FrNRr3Dsl/2XJ7QsvePkRoU/ta+mRIvbW/fCX6mSMe5zwbmABhGZaje
M3HdQXJJ3J+oYPq+wdH7P96yZY1pvJg6HSfzdcd+mVGtPu8hDGU2MWP7o6aob7E=
=7dY6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-02-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
rtlwifi
* fix broken VHT (802.11ac) support, reported by Linus
wlcore
* fix firmware initialisation regression on wl1271
iwlwifi
* fix a race that users reported when we try to load the firmware
and the hardware rfkill interrupt triggers at the same time
* fix a very visible bug in scheduled scan: the firmware
doesn't support scheduled scan with no profile configured and
the supplicant sometimes requests such scheduled scans
* build system fix to be able to link iwlwifi statically into kernel
* firmware name update for 8265
* typo fix in return value
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wl12xx
* add device tree support for SPI
mwifiex
* add debugfs file to read chip information
* add MSIx support for newer pcie chipsets (8997 onwards)
* add schedule scan support
* add WoWLAN net-detect support
* firmware dump support for w8997 chipset
iwlwifi
* continue the work on multiple Rx queues
* add support for beacon storing used in low power states
* use the regular firmware image of WoWLAN
* fix 8000 devices for Big Endian machines
* more firmware debug hooks
* add support for P2P Client snoozing
* make the beacon filtering for AP mode configurable
* fix transmit queues overflow with LSO
libertas
* add support for setting power save via cfg80211
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJWvbW+AAoJEG4XJFUm622b1lIH/RmFoJNbJka9/CrDse5ndb3A
TBRDGvinOjubHn9Hn8Baz7u0huXvBpWoN/YI4hqjKTW4YsXfN8cB1IJakzohLFCF
I9kUhITYGrK7hKDwkBsop2qxwJsrkAzv/XNzi+yGqxlj/IqZp+pYBmZTb9H6G963
lb8hJPhx+t2aCBPvDdkAd5n67kdq0C35At+a1KB1CYFYKdYO5y5QeDLYtb+5zrWT
/Pwel7gRdgcf4TpaUZs++mDf+agcFo+JjG+olLrZNw1BDthA8VC46agMyfffrt4l
dRZIS07fUDd0zf4HJMWV05l8kKdEwqrRAuoBOnxGI611GNN94M3NWJDxU/MgBos=
=zE9m
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-02-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
wl12xx
* add device tree support for SPI
mwifiex
* add debugfs file to read chip information
* add MSIx support for newer pcie chipsets (8997 onwards)
* add schedule scan support
* add WoWLAN net-detect support
* firmware dump support for w8997 chipset
iwlwifi
* continue the work on multiple Rx queues
* add support for beacon storing used in low power states
* use the regular firmware image of WoWLAN
* fix 8000 devices for Big Endian machines
* more firmware debug hooks
* add support for P2P Client snoozing
* make the beacon filtering for AP mode configurable
* fix transmit queues overflow with LSO
libertas
* add support for setting power save via cfg80211
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
3 out of the 5 patches fix a bugzilla.
* fix a race that users reported when we try to load the firmware
and the hardware rfkill interrupt triggers at the same time.
* Luca fixes a very visible bug in scheduled scan: our firmware
doesn't support scheduled scan with no profile configured and
the supplicant sometimes requests such scheduled scans.
* build system fix
* firmware name update for 8265
* typo fix in return value
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=tAoG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2016-02-15' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
These are a few fixes for the current cycle.
3 out of the 5 patches fix a bugzilla.
* fix a race that users reported when we try to load the firmware
and the hardware rfkill interrupt triggers at the same time.
* Luca fixes a very visible bug in scheduled scan: our firmware
doesn't support scheduled scan with no profile configured and
the supplicant sometimes requests such scheduled scans.
* build system fix
* firmware name update for 8265
* typo fix in return value
Until this patch, when TXing non-sta the pending_frames counter
wasn't increased, but it WAS decreased in
iwl_mvm_rx_tx_cmd_single(), what makes it negative in certain
conditions. This in turn caused much trouble when we need to
remove the station since we won't be waiting forever until
pending_frames gets 0. In certain cases, we were exhausting
the station table even in BSS mode, because we had a lot of
stale stations.
Increase the counter also in iwl_mvm_tx_skb_non_sta() after a
successful TX to avoid this outcome.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_trans_pcie_start_fw() function may return the positive value EIO
instead of -EIO in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Anton Protopopov <a.s.protopopov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we load the firmware, we hold trans_pcie->mutex to
avoid nested flows. We also rely on the ISR to wake up the
thread when the DMA has finished copying a chunk. During
this flow, we enable the RF-Kill interrupt.
The problem is that the RF-Kill interrupt handler can take
the mutex and bring the device down. This means that if
we load the firmware while the RF-Kill switch is enabled
(which will happen when we load the INIT firmware to read
the device's capabilities and register to mac80211), we
may get an RF-Kill interrupt immediately and the ISR will
be waiting for the mutex held by the thread that is
currently loading the firmware. At this stage, the ISR
won't be able to service the DMA's interrupt needed to
wake up the thread that load the firmware. We are in a
deadlock situation which ends when the thread that loads
the firmware fails on timeout and releases the mutex.
To fix this, take the mutex later in the flow, disable
the interrupts and synchronize_irq() to give a chance to
the RF-Kill interrupt to run and complete.
After that, mask all the interrupts besides the DMA
interrupt and proceed with firmware load. Make sure to
check that there was no RF-Kill interrupt when the
interrupts were disabled.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=111361
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This patch fix spelling typos found in printk and Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The firmware can perform a scheduled scan with not matchsets passed,
but it can't send notification that results were found. Since the
userspace then cannot know when we got new results and the firmware
wouldn't trigger a wake in case we are sleeping, it's better not to
allow scans without matchsets.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=110831
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.17+]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit 3719c17e18 ("wlcore/wl18xx: fw logger over sdio") introduced a
regression causing the wlcore to time out and go into recovery. Reverting the
changes regarding write of the last partition size brings the module back to
it's functional state.
Fixes: 3719c17e18 ("wlcore/wl18xx: fw logger over sdio")
Reported-by: Ross Green <rgkernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Goode <emil.fsw@goode.io>
[kvalo@codeaurora.org: improved commit log]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Current firmware dump solution support w8897 chipset, this
patch extend the exist framework with support for w8997
chipset.
Trigger firmware dump using,
cat /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/device_dump,
data can be obtain by
cat /sys/class/devcoredump/devcd*/data > data.txt after that.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware dump operation takes few seconds. Hence it's
important to notify user in dmesg that firmware dump
has started or completed.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch increase firmware dump memory 4K each time, until
meet the demand.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch apply an extensible firmware dump framework,
so that other chipset can be easily added as needed.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
memory_type_mapping strucuture did not refer to other mwifiex
specific strture. A better software design method would keep
it in decl header file, which does not include other mwifiex
header file.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If we are not able to read registers or PCIe memory,
it means PCIe device is in bad state. We will skip
firmware dump in this case.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is observed that ioread32 may fail to read pcie register
in certain scenarios, this patch handles these cases.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
drv_pkt_delay_max should be assigned non-zero value, so that
packet delay can be accumulate in the right way.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Space needed before open parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Paul McQuade <paulmcquad@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removed empty spaces before/after parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Paul McQuade <paulmcquad@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removed empty spaces before/after parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Paul McQuade <paulmcquad@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds an interface for handling commands like
iwconfig wlanX power on/off. Such an interface formerly existed
when the driver used wext.
While performance with sdio in polling mode without using
powersave mode is quite bad, powersaving mode is unusable,
so do not enable it under such conditions.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the device is remove e.g. because of going to suspend
mode with powersaving enabled, lbs_remove_card tries to exit
powersaving state even when already woken up. That command is
not processed properly in that situation, since the command
processing queue is already stopped, so it waits forever
for the command being processed, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removes the old todo block and checks only whether ieee powersave
mode is requested. We still have to check for being connected as
this powersave mode includes logic for regularly waking up and
checking for packets which only makes sense when connected.
For not being connected, another mode is needed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the main thread gets one PS AWAKE event and one PS SLEEP event
in one iteration over event_fifo there will never be checks for
commands to be processed, since psstate will always be
PS_STATE_SLEEP or PS_STATE_PRE_SLEEP
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If a sdio host does not support sdio irqs, polling is used
instead. That has an impact on performance. Some functionality
should not be enabled then. This add a variable in
libertas_priv to indicate that.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
struct cmd_ds_802_11_ps_mode
contains the command header and a pointer to it was
initialized with data points to the body which leads to
mis-interpretation of the cmd_ds_802_11_ps_mode.action member.
cmd[0] contains the header, &cmd[1] points beyond that.
cmdnode->cmdbuf is a pointer to the command buffer
This piece of code was unused since power saving was
not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The NULL test here is reversed.
Fixes: 7d7f07d8c5 ('mwifiex: add wowlan net-detect support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of using HT info from beacon IEs, use HT info from
association response frame to update bandwidth in
cfg80211_get_channel handler.
Signed-off-by: Nachiket Kukade <kukaden@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver reads a value from hfa384x_from_bap(), which may fail,
and then assigns the value to a local variable. gcc detects that
in in the failure case, the 'rlen' variable now contains
uninitialized data:
In file included from ../drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_pci.c:220:0:
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c: In function 'hfa384x_get_rid':
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c:842:5: warning: 'rec' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
if (le16_to_cpu(rec.len) == 0) {
This restructures the function as suggested by Russell King, to
make it more readable and get more reliable error handling, by
handling each failure mode using a goto.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On a Radxa Rock2 board with a Ampak AP6335 (Broadcom 4339 core) it seems
the card responds very quickly most of the time, unfortunately during
initialisation it sometimes seems to take just a bit over 2 seconds to
respond.
This results intialization failing with message like:
brcmf_c_preinit_dcmds: Retreiving cur_etheraddr failed, -52
brcmf_bus_start: failed: -52
brcmf_sdio_firmware_callback: dongle is not responding
Increasing the timeout to allow for a bit more headroom allows the
card to initialize reliably.
A quick search online after diagnosing/fixing this showed that Google
has a similar patch in their ChromeOS tree, so this doesn't seem
specific to the board I'm using.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Platform NVRAM (stored on a flash partition) has entries separated by a
NULL (\0) char. Our parsing code switches from VALUE state to IDLE
whenever it meets a NULL (\0). When that happens our IDLE handler should
simply consume it and analyze whatever is placed ahead.
This fixes harmless warnings spamming debugging output:
[ 155.165624] brcmfmac: brcmf_nvram_handle_idle warning: ln=1:col=20: ignoring invalid character
[ 155.180806] brcmfmac: brcmf_nvram_handle_idle warning: ln=1:col=44: ignoring invalid character
[ 155.195971] brcmfmac: brcmf_nvram_handle_idle warning: ln=1:col=63: ignoring invalid character
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On Broadcom ARM routers BCM4366 cards are available with 14e4:4365 ID.
Unfortunately this ID was already used by Broadcom for cards with
BCM43142, a totally different chipset requiring SoftMAC driver. To avoid
a conflict between brcmfmac and bcma use more specific ID entry with
subvendor and subdevice specified.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On recent Broadcom chipsets PMU is present as separated core and it
can't be accessed using ChipCommon anymore as it fails with e.g.:
[ 18.198412] Unhandled fault: imprecise external abort (0x1406) at 0xb6da200f
Add a new helper function that will return a proper core that should be
used for accessing PMU registers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is an extra bitfield with info about some present hardware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Separated PMU core can be found in new devices and should be used for
accessing PMU registers (which were routed through ChipCommon so far).
This core is one of exceptions that doesn't have or need wrapper address
to be still safely accessible.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
So far we were looking for address descriptors without a check for
crossing current component border. In case of dealing with unsupported
descriptor or descriptor missing at all the code would incorrectly get
data from another component.
Consider this binary-described component from BCM4366 EROM:
4bf83b01 TAG==CI CID==0x83b
20080201 TAG==CI PORTS==0+1 WRAPPERS==0+1
18400035 TAG==ADDR SZ_SZD TYPE_SLAVE
00050000
18107085 TAG==ADDR SZ_4K TYPE_SWRAP
Driver was assigning invalid base address to this core:
brcmfmac: [6 ] core 0x83b:32 base 0x18109000 wrap 0x18107000
which came from totally different component defined in EROM:
43b36701 TAG==CI CID==0x367
00000201 TAG==CI PORTS==0+1 WRAPPERS==0+0
18109005 TAG==ADDR SZ_4K TYPE_SLAVE
This change will also allow us to support components without wrapper
address in the future.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
First of all it changes the way we calculate primary channel offset. If
we use e.g. 80 MHz channel with primary frequency 5180 MHz (which means
center frequency is 5210 MHz) it makes sense to calculate primary offset
as -30 MHz.
Then it fixes values we compare primary_offset with. We were comparing
offset in MHz against -2 or 2 which was resulting in picking a wrong
primary channel.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
PMU (Power Management Unit) seems to be a separated piece of hardware,
just accessed using ChipCommon core registers. In recent Broadcom
chipsets PMU is not bounded to CC but available as separated core.
To make code cleaner & easier to review (for a correct R/W access) use
clearer names.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* continue the work on multiple Rx queues (Sara)
* add support for beacon storing
used in low power states (Sara)
* cleanups (Rodrigo, Johannes)
* fix the LED behavior for iwldvm (Hubert)
* Use the regular firmware image of WoWLAN (Matti)
* fix 8000 devices for Big Endian machines (Johannes)
* more firmware debug hooks (Golan)
* add support for P2P Client snoozing (Avri)
* make the beacon filtering for AP mode configurable (Andrei)
* fix transmit queues overflow with LSO
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=qxz4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-01-31_2' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
Here's a first batch of patches for 4.6:
* continue the work on multiple Rx queues (Sara)
* add support for beacon storing
used in low power states (Sara)
* cleanups (Rodrigo, Johannes)
* fix the LED behavior for iwldvm (Hubert)
* Use the regular firmware image of WoWLAN (Matti)
* fix 8000 devices for Big Endian machines (Johannes)
* more firmware debug hooks (Golan)
* add support for P2P Client snoozing (Avri)
* make the beacon filtering for AP mode configurable (Andrei)
* fix transmit queues overflow with LSO
Some of the parameter like tx/rx chain mask, number of htt tx desc,
qcache active peer count, etc goes via wmi init cmd to qca4019 firmware
are different.
To make use of 10.4 gen_init function for qca4019, change wmi service
ready handler and 10.4 wmi init functions to adapt qca4019 specific
init values.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new entry in hw_params_list for qca4019 with list of
it's own details.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Abstraction layer for vdev subtype is added to solve
subtype mismatch and to give flexible compatibility
among different firmware revisions.
For instance, 10.2 and 10.4 firmware has different
definition of their vdev subtypes for Mesh.
10.4 defined subtype 6 for 802.11s Mesh while 10.2 uses 5.
Hence use the abstraction API to get right subtype to use.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Interface type P2P_GO can be checked by either arvif->vdev_type
and arvif->vdev_subtype or vif->type and vif->p2p.
Use later one to avoid more cpu consumption that could happen
when subtype abstraction layer change is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update 10.4 WMI service map to sync to the latest 10.4 firmware
as of 1/20/2016.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WMI_10_4_SERVICE_MESH bit is for non IEEE802.11s Mesh.
Hence rename it to WMI_10_4_SERVICE_MESH_NON_11S.
Also add _11S as post-fix to each of WMI_SERVICE_MESH and
WMI_VDEV_SUBTYPE_MESH specifying the service is for 11s Mesh.
This will help users to distinguish 11s Mesh from non 11s Mesh.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx vring needs to be enlarged to get better
performance for traffic over 2Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case there are multiple WMI commands with the same reply_id,
the following scenario can occur:
- Driver sends the first command to the device
- The reply didn’t get on time and there is timeout
- Reply_id, reply_buf and reply_size are set to 0
- Driver sends second wmi command with the same reply_id as the first
- Driver sets wil->reply_id
- Reply for the first wmi command arrives and handled by wmi_recv_cmd
- As its ID fits the reply_id but the reply_buf is not set yet it is
handled as a reply with event handler, and WARN_ON is printed
This patch guarantee atomic setting of all the reply variables and
prevents the above scenario.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211_ops.disconnect() should wait for disconnect flow to
complete. If it does not, internal state becomes out of sync with
one in cfg80211. If one does stress test connect/disconnect
sequence, cfg80211 will issue next connect before disconnect
completed internally.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wil_tx_vring locks the vring_tx_data lock before accessing the TX
vring to check if it is enabled and valid for use.
In case of quick disconnect / connect events for the same station,
spin_lock(&txdata->lock) can be called during the lock initialization
in the vring init function.
To prevent such a race, the TX vrings spin lock should be initialized
once during wil6210 driver initialization.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This looks like a lot but it's a mixture of regression fixes as well
as fixes for longer standing issues.
1) Fix on-channel cancellation in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Handle CHECKSUM_COMPLETE properly in xt_TCPMSS netfilter xtables
module, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Avoid infinite loop in UDP SO_REUSEPORT logic, also from Eric
Dumazet.
4) Avoid a NULL deref if we try to set SO_REUSEPORT after a socket is
bound, from Craig Gallek.
5) GRO key comparisons don't take lightweight tunnels into account,
from Jesse Gross.
6) Fix struct pid leak via SCM credentials in AF_UNIX, from Eric
Dumazet.
7) We need to set the rtnl_link_ops of ipv6 SIT tunnels before we
register them, otherwise the NEWLINK netlink message is missing
the proper attributes. From Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo.
8) Several Spectrum chip bug fixes for mlxsw switch driver, from Ido
Schimmel
9) Handle fragments properly in ipv4 easly socket demux, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Don't ignore the ifindex key specifier on ipv6 output route
lookups, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (128 commits)
tcp: avoid cwnd undo after receiving ECN
irda: fix a potential use-after-free in ircomm_param_request
net: tg3: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: nb8800: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: vxge: avoid unused function warnings
net: bgmac: clarify CONFIG_BCMA dependency
net: hp100: remove unnecessary #ifdefs
net: davinci_cpdma: use dma_addr_t for DMA address
ipv6/udp: use sticky pktinfo egress ifindex on connect()
ipv6: enforce flowi6_oif usage in ip6_dst_lookup_tail()
netlink: not trim skb for mmaped socket when dump
vxlan: fix a out of bounds access in __vxlan_find_mac
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix port VLAN maps
fib_trie: Fix shift by 32 in fib_table_lookup
net: moxart: use correct accessors for DMA memory
ipv4: ipconfig: avoid unused ic_proto_used symbol
bnxt_en: Fix crash in bnxt_free_tx_skbs() during tx timeout.
bnxt_en: Exclude rx_drop_pkts hw counter from the stack's rx_dropped counter.
bnxt_en: Ring free response from close path should use completion ring
net_sched: drr: check for NULL pointer in drr_dequeue
...
When in AP mode we need to filter in beacons from other APs to update HT
operation mode. As a power optimization the beacons are filtered out when
there are no associated stations. As a result, when there are no
associated stations, we will not update the HT operation mode until a
station connects.
Add a debugfs parameter that allows to disable this optimization.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Final API of iwl_mpdu_desc has a change in the order of
the fields and does not include energy from the third
antenna (which is perfectly fine, since we don't have one).
Update the structure accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Previous patches enabled new 9000 hardware DMA for one queue
only.
Enable the actual multi-queue path and configuration now.
This requires also per-queue NAPI struct.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
9000 series supports multi-queue rx. The hardware needs
to be configured with the hash functions to perform and
indirection table that maps hash results to the relevant
CPUs\queues.
Support this configuration.
Add debugfs hook to configure the indirection table in
order to enable performance analysis. The configuration
is stateless, receives a partial or full pattern and sends
the command to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Decreasing Tx power is allowed only when success ratio is
above the threshold defined in the algorithm. Add this condition.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The 9000 hardware introduces the frame releaser, which
keeps track of the aggregation window and notifies host
of the window status. This requires in turn updating
the hardware with the RX BA session window size.
Firmware API was changed to enable that, update the driver
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It is only called from iwl_mvm_power_set_ba() so simplify things
by removing it.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This member is actually not needed as beacon abort
is only allowed for a bss station.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The MAC address parameters passed to iwl_parse_nvm_data() are passed on
to iwl_set_hw_address_family_8000() which treats them as little endian.
Annotate them as such, and add the missing byte-swapping in mvm.
While at it, add the MAC address to the error to make debugging issues
with it easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Previous patches enabled the multi-queue rx path based on
iwl_mvm_has_new_rx_api() which returned false by default.
Change it to return the actual value based on the firmware
TLV which is now defined.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware will return the baid for BA session in the
ADD_STA command response.
This requires masking the check of the status, which is
actually only 8 bits, and not the whole 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Print a debug message in iwl_mvm_config_scan() if a scan configuration
data is decided not to be sent to FW.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For debug purposes, allow setting minimum quota (for a single
virtual interface) from debugfs. This is an absolute minimum,
so it can only be set up to 95%.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
To be able to test low-latency behaviour properly, split the
different low-latency sources so that setting any one of them,
for example from debugfs, is sufficient; this avoids getting
the debug setting overwritten by other sources.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently firmware is configured to filter out beacons. In case
a beacon was changed - it is waking the host.
However, some vendors change their IEs frequently without any
significant change, and redundant wakeups are triggered as a
result.
As a solution disable beacon filtering when entering d0i3.
Instead, firmware will store the latest beacon and upon exiting
d0i3 it will send it up to the host, so the host can act upon
changes (if there were any).
This beacon will arrive as a dedicated notification - support it
as well.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver should support also negative temperatures.
So there is a need to separate between the return value and
temperature in order to be able to distinguish between
a negative temperature and error value.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Using kstrtouint() with a signed int isn't really right,
use kstrotoint() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The outer scope has a perfectly suitable 'i' variable,
use it instead of adding a shadowing one in the inner
scope.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Slow platforms may have issues with dumping data upon
firmware assert. Make it easier to disable it for those
platform.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Enable snoozing and U-APSD on P2P client. The firwmare will
support this only if the BSS vif is not associated.
Make this configurable by a constant variable and disable
it by default.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect the data when the firmware
sends a specific tx response status.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In order to have the LED being OFF constantly when the
brightness is set to 0, we need to pass IWL_LED_SOLID to
iwl_led_cmd as the off parameter, otherwise the led will
stay on constantly.
This fixes
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=110551
Signed-off-by: Hubert Tarasiuk <hubert.tarasiuk@gmail.com>
[reworked the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when the driver is configured with wowlan parameters, and enters
D3 mode, the driver switches the FW image to D3, and when it exists
suspend, it reloads the D0 image.
If the firmware supports the consolidation of the D0 & D3 images there is
no need to load the D3 image on suspend, and no need to reload the D0
image on resume.
Do not switch images on suspend / resume, for firmwares that support
consolidated images.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Enable runtime power management (RTPM) for PCIe devices and implement
the corresponding functions to enable D0i3 mode when the device is
idle.
Additionally, remove some unnecessary #ifdef's because the RTPM code
will not be called if runtime PM is not configured.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add an initial implementation of runtime power management (RTPM) for
PCI devices. With this patch, RTPM is only used when wifi is off
(i.e. the wifi interface is down). This implementation is behind a
new Kconfig flag, IWLWIFI_PCIE_RTPM.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The 9000 series introduces several changes in the device
DMA operation.
As the device now supports multi-queue rx, several DMA channels
should be configured.
The flows of providing the device with the allocated RBDs now
changes as well - the device maintains a separate table of used
and free table.
The hardware may use the free table to feed RBDs to any queue.
This requires maintaing a shared table to map returned RBDs to
the original RXB - for that purpose the VID is introduced - an
internal identifier of the RB placed in the lower 12 bits and
returned by HW in the used data.
Another change is the support of 64 bit DMA address.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix the name of the ucode being loaded for 8265 series
to be: iwlwifi-8265-XX.ucode
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The 9000 series devices will support multi rx queues.
Current code has one static rx queue - change it to allocate
a number of queues per the device capability (pre-9000 devices
have the number of rx queues set to one).
Subsequent generalizations are:
Change the code to access an explicit numbered rx queue only
when the queue number is known - when handling interrupt, when
accessing the default queue and when iterating the queues.
The rest of the functions will receive the rx queue as a pointer.
Generalize the warning in allocation failure to consider the
allocator status instead of a single rx queue status.
Move the rx initial pool of memory buffers to be shared among
all the queues and allocated to the default queue on init.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the Tx queues are full above a threshold, we
immediately stop the mac80211's queue to stop getting new
packets. This worked until TSO was enabled.
With TSO, one single packet from mac80211 can use many
descriptors since a large send needs to be split into
several segments.
This means that stopping mac80211's queues is not enough
and we also need to ensure that we don't overflow the Tx
queues with one single packet from mac80211.
Add code to transport layer to do just that. Stop
mac80211's queue as soon as the queue is full above the
same threshold as before, and keep pushing the current
packet along with its segments on the queue, but check
that we don't overflow. If that would happen, buffer the
segments, and send them when there is room in the Tx queue
again. Of course, we first need to send the buffered
segments and only then, wake up mac80211's queues.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
* Fix support for 3168 device:
* NVM version
* firmware file name
* device IDs
* Fix a compilation warning in dvm calibration code
* Fix the TPC (reduced Tx Power) code. This fixes performance issues
* Add device IDs for 8265
rtx2x00
* fix monitor mode regression dating back to 4.1
brcmfmac
* fix sdio initialisation related crash
rtlwifi
* rtl8821ae: Fix 5G failure when EEPROM is incorrectly encoded
ath9k
* ignore eeprom magic mismatch on flash based devices
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJWqyRLAAoJEG4XJFUm622bRiAH/2s3rRrFik3LUDMMJWbLDoNa
5ofIUlQnYPiUzLrStGrrZ93jcqG0rAGLovxEMR3cuWuVIV43RKq2vu+RE97fu8nM
j0NkWtD/g3mHYPGTkJ6ItXbs7t7ghhV+kFHcuZGPaikjEb3pTMGaA7sslzvptcWB
vzsKym/wxcZCanLqgsyMnbjiwnja8jXH/WFg3Otp+Ki0EDzBeaV9XNX9xZHMf/Nf
7I7ffSdMrHFZ/XrvMpLB15SVo9yH+tAFwrMS1WWnKJvUqO8kJZWFdLKM3DcShMTi
Tz6mwy7geVaXlAKKoi7MxJh4PGzQewRBHTMdPKORnuKFwRAlbgD8PGT8+RlKDOg=
=REf0
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-01-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi
* Fix support for 3168 device:
* NVM version
* firmware file name
* device IDs
* Fix a compilation warning in dvm calibration code
* Fix the TPC (reduced Tx Power) code. This fixes performance issues
* Add device IDs for 8265
rtx2x00
* fix monitor mode regression dating back to 4.1
brcmfmac
* fix sdio initialisation related crash
rtlwifi
* rtl8821ae: Fix 5G failure when EEPROM is incorrectly encoded
ath9k
* ignore eeprom magic mismatch on flash based devices
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Host sleep is cancelled in sdio resume() handler.
Cfg80211's resume handler is immediately called after
this. SYNC flag here ensures that host sleep handshake
gets completed and we have valid "adapter->nd_config"
before we report host wakeup reason in cfg80211's
resume handler.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for waking up the device on
finding better RSSI. Threshold RSSI value will be
configured by application.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds code to report wakeup reason to cfg80211
when system is resumed.
Signed-off-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for wakeup when configured
network is detected.
Signed-off-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds informative messages in wake up on
magic packet, disconnect, pattern configuration paths.
Signed-off-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add sched scan support for mwifiex, include cfg80211
sched_scan_start/sched_scan_stop handler, corresponding bgscan
command path and event handler.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that driver's power state goes out
of sync with firmware in some corner cases. When this
happens, driver tries to download the data to firmware
assuming it's awake which causes Tx data timeout.
Main thread will process interrupt as soon as interrupt
handler fills 'int_status' variable.
This patch fixes the race issue by updating 'int_status'
at the end of mwifiex_interrupt_status().
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer pcie chipsets (8997 onwards) support MSIx. This
patch enables it.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wlcore_read/wlcore_write can return negative values so it should
be assigned to signed variable.
The problem has been detected using proposed semantic patch
scripts/coccinelle/tests/unsigned_lesser_than_zero.cocci [1].
[1]: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/2120705
Fixes: 3719c17e18 ("wlcore/wl18xx: fw logger over sdio")
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add 'verext' debugfs item, which can be used to
get detailed chip specific information from our firmware.
Examples:
echo "1" > /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/verext
cat /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/verext
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The port_open flag is not applicable for IBSS mode. IBSS data
path was broken when port_open flag was introduced.
This patch fixes the problem by correcting the checks.
Fixes: 5c8946330a ("mwifiex: enable traffic only when port is open")
Signed-off-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Same chip is being used by WLAN as well as bluetooth
drivers. Each driver needs to check during initialisation
if firmware is already active or it needs to be freshly
downloaded. If one driver has started downloading the
firmware, other finds the winner flag as false.
mwifiex_check_fw_status() checks firmware status and also
check if WLAN is the winner for firmware downloading.
Once we detect that other interface is downloading
the firmware, we call this routine again with max
poll count to wait until firmware is ready.
This patch splits the routine to avoid checking
winner status unnecessarily multiple times and ensures
that correct messages are displayed to user.
Firmware status poll count is also increased to 150.
Signed-off-by: Chunfan Chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add DT support for the wl1271 SPI WiFi.
Add documentation file for the wl1271 SPI WiFi.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Tested-By: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The power function uses a consumer regulator access to update the WiFi
enable GPIO value.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Tested-By: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* make regulatory messages much less verbose by default
* various remain-on-channel fixes
* scheduled scanning fixes with hardware restart
* a PS-Poll handling fix; was broken just recently
* bugfix to avoid buffering non-bufferable MMPDUs
* world regulatory domain data fix
* a fix for scanning causing other work to get stuck
* hwsim: revert an older problematic patch that caused some
userspace tools to have issues - not that big a deal as
it's a debug only driver though
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6M7a
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-01-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here's a first set of fixes for the 4.5-rc cycle:
* make regulatory messages much less verbose by default
* various remain-on-channel fixes
* scheduled scanning fixes with hardware restart
* a PS-Poll handling fix; was broken just recently
* bugfix to avoid buffering non-bufferable MMPDUs
* world regulatory domain data fix
* a fix for scanning causing other work to get stuck
* hwsim: revert an older problematic patch that caused some
userspace tools to have issues - not that big a deal as
it's a debug only driver though
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I think this limit was added when CSA with multiple interfaces wasn't
working yet. It should no longer be necessary
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Like how pci.c exposes hif ops for the bus specific operation,
expose similar hif ops table for ahb with all required functions
linked to it. Many ath10k_pci_* functions are reused here in hif ops
table. If something is not sharable, new functions are added for ahb
and linked to hif ops table.
Finally, make ath10k_ahb_probe/remove() to perform what is expected
out of it.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add function to gather resources required for qca4019 to operate
(memory, irq, dma setting, clock init , rest control init) and
function release those resources when it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add irq related functions to register,handle,release,disable interrupt.
qca4019 supports msi interrupt, but it has the problem. Until the issue
gets sorted out, only legacy interrupt model is enabled and used.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add function to perform chip halt sequence and function to halt axi
bus in ahb module. Mainly used in the scenario like driver unload.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To perform reset on qca4019 wifi, multiple reset lines needs
to be toggled in a sequence with help of reset controller support
in the kernel. This patch adds functions to reset control init/deinit
and release reset.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
pre qca4019 chipsets has/uses internal clock generator for
the operation. But, qca4019 uses external clocks supplied from
outside of target (ie, outside of wifi core). Three different clocks
(cmd clock, ref clock, rtc clock) comes into picture in qca4019.
All those clocks needs to configured with help of global clock
controller (gcc) to make qca4019 functioning.
Add functions for clock init/deinit, clock enable/disable in ahb.
This is just a preparation, functions added in this patch will be
used in later patches.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca4019 deals with below register memory region to control the clock,
reset, etc.
- Memory to control wifi core
- gcc (outside of wifi)
- tcsr (outside of wifi)
Add new helper functions to perform read/write in above registers
spaces. Actual ioremap for above registers are done in later patch.
Struct ath10k_ahb is introduced to maintain ahb specific info and
memory this struct will be allocated in the continuation of struct
ath10k_pci (again, memory ath10k_ahb is allocated in the later patch).
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New register table is added for qca4019 to tell about it's
register mapping details.
Nothing much other than this.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca4019 uses ahb instead of pci where it slightly differs in device
enumeration, clock control, reset control, etc. Good thing is that
ahb also uses copy engine for the data transaction. So, the most of
the stuff implemented in pci.c/ce.c are reusable in ahb case too.
Device enumeration in ahb case comes through platform driver/device
model. All resource details like irq, memory map, clocks, etc for
qca4019 can be fetched from of_node of platform device.
Simply flow would look like,
device tree => platform device (kernel) => platform driver (ath10k)
Device tree entry will have all qca4019 resource details and the same
info will be passed to kernel. Kernel will prepare new platform device
for that entry and expose DT info to of_node in platform device.
Later, ath10k would register platform driver with unique compatible name
and then kernels binds to corresponding compatible entry & calls ath10k
ahb probe functions. From there onwards, ath10k will take control of it
and move forward.
New bool flag CONFIG_ATH10K_AHB is added in Kconfig to conditionally
enable ahb support in ath10k. On enabling this flag, ath10k_pci.ko
will have ahb support. This patch adds only basic skeleton and few
macros to support ahb in the context of qca4019.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some of the code present in ath10k_pci_{probe|remove} are reusable
in ahb case too. To avoid code duplication, move reusable code to
new functions. Later, those new functions can be called from ahb
module's probe and exit functions.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_pci_read32/write32() does work more specific to
PCI by ensuring pci wake/sleep for every read and write.
There is a plan to use most of stuff available in pci.c
(irq stuff, copy engine, etc) for AHB case. Such kind
of pci wake/sleep for every read/write is not required
in AHB case (qca4019). All those reusable areas in pci.c
and ce.c calls ath10k_pci_read32/write32() for low level
read and write.
In fact, ath10k_pci_read32/write32() should do what it does
today for PCI case. But for AHB, it has to do differently.
To make ath10k_pci_read32/write32() more generic, new function
pointers are added in ar_pci for the function which does
operation more close to the bus. Later, corresponding bus
specific read and write function will be mapped to that.
ath10k_pci_read32/write32() are changed to call directly
those function pointers without worrying which bus underlying
to it. Also, the function to get number of bank is changed
in the same way.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some of static functions present in pci.c file are reusable
in ahb (qca4019) case. Remove static word for those reusable
functions and have those function prototype declaration in
pci.h file. So that, pci.h header file can be included in
ahb module and reused. There is no functionality changes done
in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows to use the new firmware which
implements the new tx data path. Without this
patch firmware supporting new tx path stops
responding shortly after booting.
This patch doesn't implement the entire pull-push
logic available in the new firmware. This will be
done in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes the code easier to extend and re-use.
While at it fix _warn to _err. Other than that
there are no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This feature flag will be used for firmware which
supports pull-push model where host shares it's
software queue state with firmware and firmware
generates fetch requests telling host which queues
to dequeue tx from.
Primary function of this is improved MU-MIMO
performance with multiple clients.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
These definitions are associated with some
improvements upcomming for 10.4 and QCA99X0.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
One crash issue be found on ar9300: RTC_RC reg read leads crash, leading
the data bus error, due to RTC_RC reg write not happen properly.
Warm Reset trigger in continuous beacon stuck for one of the customer for
other chip, noticed the MAC was stuck in RTC reset. After analysis noticed
DMA did not complete when RTC was put in reset.
So, before resetting the MAC need to make sure there are no pending DMA
transactions because this reset does not reset all parts of the chip.
The 12th and 11th bit of MAC _DMA_CFG register used to do that.
12 cfg_halt_ack 0x0
0 DMA has not yet halted
1 DMA has halted
11 cfg_halt_req 0x0
0 DMA logic operates normally
1 Request DMA logic to stop so software can reset the MAC
The Bit [12] of this register indicates when the halt has taken effect or
not. the DMA halt IS NOT recoverable; once software sets bit [11] to
request a DMA halt, software must wait for bit [12] to be set and reset
the MAC.
So, the same thing we implemented for ar9580 chip.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BB panic(0x4000409) observed while AP enabling/disabling
bursting.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit c24bd3620c ("ath9k: Do not maintain ANI state per-channel")
removed per-channel handling, the code to check 'curchan' also
should be removed as never used.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes commit 54da20d83f ("ath9k_hw: improve ANI processing and rx desensitizing parameters")
Call ath9k_ani_restart() only when the phy error rate reach the
ANI immunity threshold. Sync the logic with internal code base.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/channel.c:230: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the current solution wil6210 configures the vring in a worker
and holds only one pending CID. This implementation may lead to
race conditions between connect and disconnect events of multiple
stations or fast connect/disconnect events of the same station.
In order to allow the removal of the connect worker and handling of
WMI_VRING_CFG_DONE_EVENTID in the connect event, the WMI replies
that provide the reply in a given buffer needs to be handled
immediately in the WMI event interrupt thread.
To prevent deadlocks, WMI replies that requires additional
handling are still handled via the events list.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In TX vring allocation, vring_tx->va is allocated before WMI command to
configure the vring is sent to the device. As the WMI command can take
time to complete, it can lead to scenarios where vring_tx->va is not NULL
but vring is still not enabled.
This patch adds a check that vring_tx_data is enabled before returning
a valid TX vring.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wil_vring_fini_tx is called in disconnect in order to free the
allocated vrings.
wil_vring_fini_tx is disabling the vring_tx_data before napi_synchronize
is called in order to avoid the tx handling of this vring, while
wil_vring_free is called only after napi finished the current handling
of the tx completed packets.
Due to that, in case of disconnect, wil6210_netdev_poll_tx can be called
when vring->va is not NULL but vring_tx_data[i]->enabled is already
disabled.
This patch checks vring_tx_data[i]->enabled in wil6210_netdev_poll_tx
to prevent handling of disabled vrings.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the start_ap/change_beacon API, when we set up probe response
offloading, we only use the IE list from the probe response
template and not the IE list from the proberesp_ies argument.
As a result, we miss important IEs and it causes problems with
some scenarios such as P2P.
With this change, we merge the list of IEs from the probe response
template and proberesp_ies and send the merged list to the FW
for offloading. It is still FW responsibility to filter out
irrelevant IEs when sending probe response, based on the actual
contents of the probe request.
Also in case association response termplate is not provided,
we will use the merged list of IEs from probe response in the
association response as well.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently the privacy flag calculation in change_beacon
checks for RSN IE inside proberesp_ies, but normally it
is not found there. It works today because of code inside
the function wil_fix_bcon, but wil_fix_bcon is not directly
related to change_beacon, and it may be changed or removed
in the future and break the calculation.
To fix this issue, change the privacy flag calculation
to check RSN IE inside the beacon itself. The new check is more
reliable and will not be sensitive to changes in wil_fix_bcon.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This device is available under different marketing names:
WLM-20U2 - Wireless USB Dongle for Toshiba TVs
GN-1080 - Wireless LAN Module for Toshiba MFPs.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Tsoy <alexander@tsoy.me>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Request NOA update when chanctx active, also in case
of STA.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The p2p NOA never been supported at 10.2.4 FW, remove it to avoid SWBA
event parse error for multi beacon interval case.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add debugfs support for per client total rx duration, track this
via the report of Peer stats rx duration reported for every 500ms
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Register for 500ms as periodic peer stats update period,
and parameters like rx_duration that needs to be tracked
in host can be achieved by this provision, also periodic
stats update is the future of fw_stats and shall be extended
for pdev / vdev stats irrespecitive PEER_STATS service is enabled
or not
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: fix a checkpatch warning]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable support for periodic peer stats update when peer stats
service is enabled. The host to update the peer stats received
from the firmware periodically, since firmware will reset this to zero
after sometime (due to memory constraints)
While enabling periodic peer / vdev stats cleanup the existing
list in debugfs if max limit is reached, so that the new stats is
updated.
Ideally speaking based on 'Michal Kazior's' suggestion
we need to completely move to periodic update of all the stats making
the 'ping - pong' method obselete. This requires a bit of re-work and
some testing as well, also confirmation regarding backward comptability
for various firmware and chipsets. Hence allow periodic update only
for peer_stats.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Prerequisite patch to address checkpatch errors for the next patch
in this series, this function names are bit too long, make it short
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace the local variable 'burst_enable' with 'param'
for mapping and setting pdev paraemeters and with this patch
pretty easy to extend support for new parameters adhering to
linux kernel coding guidelines
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix naming of peer stats rssi_changed field in 10.2.4 to make it
more readable. As of now this field is not used, but necessary to
pull in fw_stats with appropriate length.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
FW behaviour changed and now updates driver about the used TPC
reduction in the following cases:
1. In tx response, which is used mostly for a single frame case
2. In BA notification
When tx aggregation fails with the initial rate, FW will send
to the driver BA notification and will try to transmit with the
next rate, but this time without tx power reduction. Thus, in case
of a failure with the initial rate, driver will get two BA notifications,
the first one with reduced tx power as in the LQ command and the second
one with 0 power reduction.
This patch adapts the TPC statistics according to the description above:
1. Use BA notifications instead of Tx response
2. For TPC only, drop the optimization which considers empty BA as one
MPDU. The reason is that with TPC we want to recover very quickly from
a bad power reduction and, therefore we'd like the success ratio to get
an immediate hit when failing to get a BA, so we'd switch back to a
lower or zero power reduction
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Update the struct which defines the support for 3168 cards.
Now it will search for a firmware of this format:
iwlwifi-3168-XX.ucode
Also, set the minimum version of the ucode to 20.
Update the minimum NVM version and minimum NVM calibrations
version of the 3168 series.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Many AR913x based devices (maybe others too) do not have a valid EEPROM
magic in their calibration data partition.
Fixes: 6fa658fd5a ("ath9k: Simplify and fix eeprom endianness swapping")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
